Home

Lenovo 3821 User's Manual

1. TI 5 SI EEES EA EA ES ESA ES El TER U DIMM16 Leo DIMM 15 x i 2 mm DIMM 14 HHHH DIMM 13 gt CH1 A H DIMM 12 mr DIMM 11 I EL DIMM 10 gt CHO DIMM 9 O _ MEH HEE EH AEB E teat RCA EES ES EEES Co EEES EE ESE _ _ ES EO DIMMB UT DIMM7 Che Es J no FE DIMMS Eel DIMM5 CH1 M DIMM4 J DIMM 3 a DIMM2 gt CHO DIMM1 J 3 Ells EE TAE E E REM RC EE ESE l ara Microprocessor 1 A Microprocessor 2 e The server supports industry standard double data rate 3 DDR3 800 1066 or 1333 MHz PC3 10600R 999 single dual or quad rank registered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs with error correcting code ECC See a mm ia click the Options tab for a list of supported memory modules for the server e At least one DIMM must be installed for each installed microprocessor for the server to operate
2. L A ef ef ef af dd o Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 167 The following illustration shows the internal cable routing and connectors from the operator information panel to the system board
3. a a ee The following illustration shows the cable connectors on the ServeRAID BR10i controller p oie 7 ServeRAID BR10i controller Cable connector for drives 0 3 Cable connector for drives 4 7 eije Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 165 The following illustration shows the internal SAS SATA cable routing and connectors from the ServeRAID MR10i or ServeRAID MR10is controllers to eight 2 5 inch hard disk drives The right port on the ServeRAID MR10i or ServeRAID MR10is controller is connected to the backplane for drives 4 7 and the left port on the controller is connected to the backplane for drives 0 3
4. TO O 5 O z Es I i EE a BE Z BE o Es 3 it i F O O EES A z l gt ma A il E Ei o _ Il mgn OR OO BOU EE 9 9 L i C U I 3 eo Al L Extender card retaining screws To remove an extender card complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 207 4 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 5 Remove any adapters that are installed in the expansion slots see l Removing an adapter on page 184 6 Remove the system board and place it on a static protective surface see Removing the system board on page 231 Note Do not remove the DIMMs heat sinks microprocessors VRM or battery from the system board 7 Remove the two screws that secure the extender card to the system board tray 8 Pull the extender card out of the system board connector
5. g Bay 0 E Bay 8 Bay 1 g Bay 9 A Bay 2 Bay 10 Bay 3 Bay 11 4 Bay 4 Bay 12 5 Bay 5 Bay 13 6 Bay 6 Bay 14 Bay 7 Bay 15 e For a list of supported optional devices for the server see http www lenovo com thinkserver e Inspect the drive and drive bay for signs of damage 196 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Make sure that the drive is correctly installed in the drive bay See the documentation for the ServeRAID controller for instructions for installing a hard disk drive All hot swap drives in the server must have the same throughput speed rating using drives with different speed ratings might cause all drives to operate at the throughput of the slowest drive You do not have to turn off the server to install hot swap drives in the hot swap drive bays However you must turn off the server when you perform any steps that involve installing or removing cables The drive ID for each hot swap hard disk drive is printed above the drive bay Filler panel A Hard disk drive assembly Release latch g Drive handle To install a hot swap hard disk drive do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is p
6. b Align the sliding hinge mount with the hinge pin H on the hinge assembly on the chassis c Press the sliding hinge mount against the hinge pin until the sliding hinge mount snaps onto the hinge pin 4 Close the bezel see Closing the bezel on page 151 5 Lock the left side cover Opening the bezel media door To open or remove the media door do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Unlock the side cover Note You must unlock the side cover to open or remove the bezel When you lock the server side cover it locks both the cover and the bezel 3 Grasp the depressed area on the left side of the bezel door and rotate the bezel to the open position 4 From inside of the top section of the bezel door slide the blue tab up to unlock the bezel media door then grasp the depressed area on the left side of the media door and pull the door open Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 155 i Bezel media door 2 Media door lock Note To remove the media door from the bezel push upward on the media door hinge to remove it from the bezel 5 When the media door is unlocked the icon on the side of the bezel will be in the unlocked position
7. SS Pan x SONA Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 131 Microprocessor 2 Wake on LAN System power Battery ADV power PCI Express x8 slot 7 Optical power PCI 32 slot 6 Front panel PCI Express x8 slot 5 EasyLED panel PCI Express x8 slot 4 USB tape PCI Express x8 slot 3 DIMM 8 PCI Express x8 slot 2 DIMM 1 PCI Express x8 slot 1 SATA backplane 2 power Virtual media key connector Front USB VRM connector Microprocessor 2 SAS SATA configuration backplane 1 USB SAS SATA configuration backplane 2 NMI button SATA backplane 1 power RJ45 10 100 Microprocessor 1 Microprocessor power BOR OR Go i Co EU PU ES el ES Co EN N N N OD O BN CO d a oa EAC DA ee eJ N w e SHEESH SHEE SST TST el led heed heed eed la Fans 4 5 and 6 Video SATA 0 Serial SATA 2 5 Power supply power Fans 1 2 and 3 DIMM 9 SATA 1 DIMM 16 The system board is equipped with a PCI extender card that provides one additional expansion slot The following illustration shows the additional PCI Express expansion slot that is available on the PCI Express extender card Note The PCI Express extender card comes standard in the TD200x server Z PCI Express x8 slot 7 The following illustration
8. Note The bezel will also disengage from the chassis hinges if you rotate the bezel beyond 180 or if excessive pressure is applied to the bezel Do not be alarmed because this is how the bezel was designed The bezel is designed with breakaway hinges so that you can easily reattach it to the chassis 5 If you are instructed to return the bezel follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 153 Installing the bezel Bezel Hinge assembly Retention tabs jo rope To install the bezel do the following 1 Align the hinge assemblies with the hinge holes on the chassis 2 Push the hinges into the holes on the chassis until they snap into place 3 If however the bezel was removed by detaching the sliding hinge mount from the hinge assembly using the breakaway method as the bezel was designed to do complete the following steps to reattach the bezel a Press in on the rear of the sliding hinge mount until it extends beyond the edge of the bezel and hold it in place 154 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual
9. S Power error LED dc power LED ac power LED Video connector Serial 1 COM 1 Systems management connector USB 1 USB 2 USB 3 USB 4 Ethernet 10 100 1000 Power cord connector Japon spot ye EEeoos USB 1 4 connectors Connect a USB device such as USB mouse or keyboard to any of these connectors Ethernet 10 100 1000 connector Use these connectors to connect the server to a network Power cord connector Connect the power cord to this connector Power error LED When the power error LED is lit it indicates that the power supply has failed dc power LED Each hot swap power supply has a dc power LED and an ac power LED When the dc power LED is lit it indicates that the power supply is supplying adequate dc power to the system During typical operation both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit For any other combination of LEDs see Power supply LEDs on page 139 130 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual ac power LED Each hot swap power supply has an ac power LED and a dc power LED When the ac power LED is lit it indicates that sufficient power is coming into the po
10. i A o r En EES U GeeseS Fi es lt A En g B d CE El Les El LE El LE Tal si Eo H En G o so 5 EE o pau mE am Gece o SATA optical drive povver connector USB signal cable connector USB signal cable SATA optical drive povver cable SATA to traditional povver connector cable also included Not pictured SATA optical drive signal cable Connect one end of the tape drive cable to the USB or SATA connector on the system board depending upon the type of tape drive that you are installing then route the cable through the cable holders on the inside of the server and connect the opposite end of the cable to the back of the tape drive Note If you are installing an RDX internal USB tape drive use the SATA to traditional power converter cable to serve as a bridge between the optical power cable and the power connector on the RDX tape drive Connect the power cable to the tape drive and to the conn
11. i f penseaeea He i U Gees j Bi El Je l Cc E el iM al j j Cable for drives 4 7 Cable connector for drives 4 7 Cable for drives 0 3 Cable connector for drives 0 3 elei The following illustration shows the cable connectors on the ServeRAID MR10i controller ServeRAID MR10i controller Cable connector for drives 4 7 Cable connector for drives 0 3 Battery elei 166 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual The following illustration shows the internal SAS power and signal cable routing from the hard disk drives to the connectors on the system board To Te C a LI a _ qU 5 I j tee A eae fo SAS power cable connector B A SAS power cable connector A The following illustration shows the internal SATA and power cable routing and the connectors from the DVD drive to the system board zI
12. Handle 2 Release lever To install the system board complete the following steps 232 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual o 10 11 Touch the static protective package that contains the system board to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the system board from the package Hold the system board by the handles and insert the system board into the chassis at an angle then slide it toward the rear of the server Note Make sure that none of the server cables are caught under the system board Press down on the retention modules then rotate the release lever toward the rear of the chassis to secure the system board Install any of the following components that you removed from the system board e Microprocessors and heat sinks see l Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 220 e DIMMs see l Installing a memory module on page 211 e Extender card see l Installing an extender card on page 209 e Adapters seel Installing an adapter on page 184 e Battery seel Installing the battery on page 173 Reconnect any cables to the system board that you disconnected during removal see l System board internal connectors on page 131Jand cable routing and connectors on page 163 Install the fan cage assembly see l Installing the fan cage assembly on page 172 Install the air baffle
13. LSI Raid battery models CTO 43W4301 Table 16 Parts listing Type 3822 CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 1 Side Cover models CTO All Models 46D1389 2 Retention Module models CTO All Models 46D1397 3 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46D1409 4 CPU Heat sink models CTO All Models 46D1407 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 66GHz 6 4GTS 8MB QC 95w 46D1264 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 4GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1266 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 26GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1267 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 0GHz 4 8GTS 4MB QC 80w 46D1271 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 1 86GHz 4 8GTS 4MB DC 80w 46D1272 models CTO 7 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 242 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 16 Parts listing Type 3822 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1993 models CTO 41U 41S 41Y 41G 41M 41A 41Q 41T 41H 41R 41E 42U 42S 42Y 42G 42M 42A 42Q 42T 42H 42R 42E 43G 43M 43A 43Q 43T 43H 43R 43E 7 Memory module 4GB DDR3 1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1994 models CT
14. Pi Prada qq o fo Cable for drives 4 7 Cable connector for drives 4 7 Cable for drives 0 3 Cable connector for drives 0 3 elei 164 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual The following illustration shows the internal SAS SATA cable routing and connectors from the ServeRAID BR10i controller to 16 2 5 inch hard disk drives o J U UR B Cc 17 i oH
15. Closing the bezel media door To close the media door do the following 1 Swing the bezel media door closed and push it into the bezel to close it 2 From inside of the top section of the bezel door slide the blue tab down to lock the bezel media door 156 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual i Bezel media door A Media door lock 3 Close the bezel seel Closing the bezel on page 151 Removing the left side cover Important Before you install optional hardware make sure that the server is working correctly If an operating system is installed start the server and make sure that the operating system starts If no operating system is installed start the server and make sure that a 19990305 error code is displayed indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working correctly If the server is not working correctly see the Chapter 5 Diagnostics on page 27 for diagnostic information Cover release latch A Lock Left side cover To remove the cover do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page El Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 157 oak o If you are planning to view the error LEDs that are on the system board and components leave
16. Goa o fi Data nana Any See Table 9jandiTable 10 for information about the switch and jumper settings Table 9 System board jumpers Table 10 System board switch 6 Jumper Jumper number name Jumper setting JP1 CMOS clear Pins 1 and 2 Normal operation default e Pins 2 and 3 Clears CMOS memory JP6 UEFI boot Pins 1 and 2 Normal operation default recovery Pins 2 and 3 Enable the UEFI recovery mode Note If no jumper is present the server responds as if the jumper is on pins 1 and 2 SW 6 Switches Switch description 1 Reserved default off 2 Power on password override when on default off 3 Reserved default off 4 When this switch is off the primary IMM firmware ROM page is loaded When this switch is on the secondary backup IMM firmware ROM page is loaded default off Notes 1 Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables Review the information in Chapter 2 Safety information on page 5 2 Any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in the illustrations in this document are reserved 144 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual System
17. o o Rel pooonnrnpnog o 3 Table 5 System board jumpers Jumper Jumper number name Jumper setting JP6 UEFI boot Pins 1 and 2 Normal operation default dal a Pins 2 and 3 Enable the UEFI recovery mode 2 JP1 sie e Pins 1 and 2 Normal operation default Eres e Pins 2 and 3 Clears CMOS SW6 switch block Note If no jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 5 Move jumper JP6 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI recovery mode 6 Replace any adapters that you removed then install the side cover see Finstaling the left side cover on page 158 7 Reconnect all external cables and power cords 8 Insert the update CD into the CD or DVD drive 9 Turn on the server and the monitor After the update session is completed remove the CD from the drive and turn off the server 122 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Solving power 10 Disconnect all power cords and external cables 11 Remove the side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 12 Remove any adapters that impede access to jumper JP6 13 Move jumper JP6 to back to pins 1 and 2 for normal operation 14 Replace any adapters that you removed then install the side cover see Installing the left s
18. Power cords For your safety IBM provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this Lenovo product To avoid electrical shock always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet Lenovo power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA For units intended to be operated at 115 volts Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 125 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts U S use Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 250 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts outside the U S Use a cord set with a grounding type attachment plug The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed Lenovo power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region Table 18 Power cords Type 3719 Chapter 8 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M mode
19. Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A Uncorrectable Bus Error has Error A bus uncorrectable error 1 Check the system event log occurred on system 1 has occurred 2 Check the mi 1 CIM_ComputerSystem Sensor Critical Int CPU EE ac ElementName error LEDs 3 Remove the failing microprocessor from the system board 4 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 5 Make sure that the two microprocessors are matching 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board A ade cen va has Error Sent ti cal error 1 Check the system event log occurred on system 1 as occurred 1 CIM_ComputerSystem Sensor Critical Int DIM 2 Check the DIMM error LEDs ElementName 3 Remove the failing DIMM from the system board 4
20. Slot 1 is a PCI Express x8 slot with x8 links PCI Express Base Specification Revision 2 0 compliant Slot 2 is a PCI Express x16 slot with x8 links PCI Express Base Specification Revision 2 0 compliant Slots 3 and 4 are PCI Express x8 slots with x4 links PCI Express Base Specification Revision 2 0 compliant Slot 5 is a PCI Express x8 slot with x8 links PCI Express Base Specification Revision 2 0 compliant Slot 6 is a PCI 33 32 slot PCI 2 2 compliant PCI Express extender card slot 7 is a PCI Express x8 slot with x4 links PCI Express 1 0a compliant Note The PCI Express extender card comes standard on the ThinkServer TD200x server PCI X extender card slots 7 and 8 are a PCI X slots with 64 32 bits 133 100 66 MHz from PXH The system scans PCI slots 1 through 6 to assign system resources The system then starts boots the system devices in the following order if you have not changed the default boot precedence integrated Ethernet controller ServeRAID BR10i SAS Controller and then PCI PCI X and PCI Express slots Note To change the boot precedence for PCI and PCI X devices start the Setup Utility and select Start Options from the main menu See the Starting the Setup Utility on page 252 for details about using the Setup Utility The server uses a rotational interrupt technique to configure PCI adapters so that you can install PCI adapters that do not support sharing of PCI interrupts
21. MS EE ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 lenovo Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the general information injAppendix B Notices on page 279 and the Warranty and Support Information document on the Lenovo ThinkServer Documentation DVD First Edition July 2009 Copyright Lenovo 2009 Portions Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2009 LENOVO products data computer software and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 48 C F R 2 101 with limited and restricted rights to use reproduction and disclosure LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE If products data computer software or services are delivered pursuant a General Services Administration GSA contract use reproduction or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No GS 35F 05925 Contents Chapter 1 About this manual Important Safety Information Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs Turkish statement of compliance Chapter 2 Safety information Guidelines for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Safety statements ois ues Chapter 3 General information Features and technologies Specifications Software EasyStartup EasyMana
22. Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power off controls is near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary When you are working with powered on electrical equipment use only one hand Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock When you use a tester set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment frames Use extreme care when you measure high voltages To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies pumps blowers fans and motor generators do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations If an electrical accident occurs use caution turn off the power and send another person to get medical aid Chapter 2 Safety information 7 Safety statements Important Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a number This number is used to cross reference an English language caution or danger statement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document For example if a caution statement is labeled Statement 1 translations for that caution statement are in the Safety Information document under Statement 1 Be sure to read all caution and dang
23. Prada dd d o Operator information panel cable connector Operator information panel cable aa The follovving illustration shovvs the internal cable routing and connectors from the EasyLED diagnostics panel to the system board PE fy oh al le e I a alp fo EasyLED cable connector EasyLED cable Noe 168 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the air baffle To remove the air baffle do the following Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and all attached devices Disconnect all external cables and power cords Remove the left side cover Remove the power supplies from the power supply cage Unlatch the power
24. Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 217 900 xxx SAS SATA Hard Drive Disk Drive Test Failed 1 for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Reseat all hard disk drive backplane connections at both ends Reseat the all drives Run the test again Make sure that the firmware is at the latest level Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site 264 901 000 Tape Drive Tape Drive Test Failed An error was found in the tape alert log page a Fon Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media Run the test again Clear the error log Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 264 902 000 Tape Drive Tape Drive Test Failed Media is not det
25. 9 If you are instructed to return the extender card follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 208 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing an extender card ol TO EEEE EEES FL Ia a asi z E 3 d TE i FL Te ET Tl FL is FL ds r f FL iz FL dg T i y FL ie FL dg a i a i FL PE FL dg ET Tl ET Tl FL ds Es SE O
26. Event logs For information about the POST event log the system event log the integrated management module IMM event log and the DSA log see Event logs and System event log on page 38 Troubleshooting tables These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems See Troubleshooting tables on page 64 EasyLED diagnostics Use the EasyLED diagnostics to diagnose system errors quickly See EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 for more information Diagnostic programs messages and error codes The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server See Diagnostic programs messages and error codes on page 9 Olfor more information Error codes and messages are displayed in the follovving types of event logs POST event log This log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that were generated during POST You can view the POST event log through the Setup utility System event log This log contains all IMM POST and system management interrupt SMI events You can view the system event log through the Setup utility and through the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program as the IPMI event log The system event log is limited in size When it is full new entries will not overwrite existing entries therefore you must periodically save and then clear the system event log through the Setup utility when the IMM logs an event that i
27. Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the front adapter retention bracket To remove the front adapter retention bracket complete the following steps ie Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all povver cords and external cables 180 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardivare Maintenance Manual Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 Open the front and rear adapter retention brackets Remove all adapters and place the adapters on a static protective surface see Removing an adapter on page 184 Note You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before you remove the adapters Lift the top of the front adapter retainer bracket and release the hinge point then remove the bottom hinge point and remove the bracket from the chassis If you are instructed to return the front adapter retention bracket follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the front adapter retention bracket To install the front adapter retention bracket complete the following steps 1 2 o un BE co Insert one hole on the fro
28. Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action CPU 2 error LED Microprocessor 2 has failed is missing or has been incorrectly installed 1 Check the system event log to determine the reason for the lit LED Note Trained service technician 2 Find the failing missing or mismatched microprocessor by checking the LEDs on the only Make sure that the System board microprocessors are installed in the y I correct sequence see Installing a 3 Trained service technician Reseat the failing microprocessor and heat sink on microprocessor 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board CPU mismatch LED A mismatched microprocessor has 14 Run the Setup utility and view the microprocessor been installed information to compare the installed Note All microprocessors must microprocessor specifications have the same speed and cache ee size 2 Trained service technician only Remove and i replace one of the microprocessors so that they both match VRM failure LED Microprocessor 2 VRM has failed or 14 Reseat the VRM is incorrectly installed amp incorrectly Installed 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a VRM b T
29. components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 202 802 XXX Memory Memory Stress Test Failed General error memory size is insufficient to run the test 1 Make sure that all memory is enabled by checking the Available System Memory in the Resource Utilization section of the DSA log If necessary enable all memory in the Setup utility seel Using the Setup Utility on page 252 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Run the test again Run the standard memory test to validate all memory If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 202 901 xxx Memory Memory Stress Test Failed Test failure Run the standard memory test to validate all memory Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Turn off the system and disconnect it from power Reseat the DIMMs Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 801 xxx Optical Drive e Verify Media Instal
30. 3 Rotate the power supply cage handle down until the handle tip engages the notch in the front latch bracket then lower the handle until it locks in place power supply cage closed 1 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 161 4 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 5 Install the hot swap power supplies 6 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Turning the stabilizing feet To rotate the front feet do the following 1 Carefully position the server on a flat surface The feet J should hang over the edge of the flat surface to ease removal Press in on the clips to hold the feet in place then pry the feet away from the server In some cases you might need a screwdriver to pry the feet from the server 162 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 3 Reinstall the feet in the opposite location The tab on the feet should extend beyond the edge of the server Internal cable routing and connectors You can install either an USB or a SATA tape drive in the server The following illustration shows the internal cable routing and connectors for both the USB tape drive and the SATA tape drive It also shows the internal power cable fo
31. Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to stop which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on To install an adapter do the following 1 2 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the left side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 for more information See the documentation that comes with the adapter for any cabling instructions and information about jumper or switch settings It might be easier for you to route cables before you install the adapter Open the rear adapter retention bracket Remove the expansion slot cover Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 185 s A p PZI T a DITA TA 2 l Rear adapter retention bracket 2 Adapter Front adapter retention bracket 6 If you are installing a full length adapter remove the blue adapter guide if any from the end of the adapter Otherwise continue with the next step 7 Press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot lower the adapter retention bracket and make sure that the bracket is in th
32. Chapter 5 Diagnostics 53 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Memory DIMM Configuration Error Error A DIMM configuration error Make sure that DIMMs are for DIMM nStatus on Memory has occurred installed in the correct sequence Subsystem DIMM nStatus and have the same size type n DIMM number speed and technology Sensor DIMM n Temp has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Make sure that the fans are transitioned to critical from a less Critical state from a less operating that there are no severe state severe state obstructions to the airflow n DIMM number that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Ifa fan has failed complete the action for a fan failure 3 Replace DIMM n n DIMM number A PCI PERR has occurred on system Error A PCI PERR has occurred 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Sensor PCI Slot n n PCI slot number f Check the extender card LE
33. Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 5 Make sure that the installed DIMMs are supported and configured correctly 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 45 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor Sys Board Fault has transitioned to critical from a less severe state Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state Check the system event log Check for an error LED on the system board Replace any failing device Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported fo
34. Removing a microprocessor and heat sink To remove a microprocessor complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 4 Unlock and remove the left side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 218 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual fof aloft Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening the power supply cage on page 158 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the microprocessor heat sink a Lift the heat sink release lever to the fully open position b Rotate the back of the heat sink out of the retention bracket and remove the heat sink from the server Attention Do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal grease will contaminate it If the thermal grease on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated you must replace it See Thermal grease on page 226 for more information Heat sink flange Microprocessor Release level locking ta
35. Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 94 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 804 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM ee test 14 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped invalid power source You must disconnect the system command from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on pag
36. a Te PL pe 2E a Ti aii Biss FL x a i IT i Tl PL LY i SE FE EF a Y hiz em O F 3 m DE pal s ca BE T n EE face EE ESE EE Cee ESE ESE ES ES EES ES ES EH ES ful a LU E HHHH a Eer es PCI slot 1 error LED PCI slot 2 error LED PCI slot 3 error LED HS heartbeat LED PCI slot 4 error LED PCI slot 5 error LED PCI slot 6 error LED IMM heartbeat LED EN EH eo Battery error LED System board error LED VRM fail LED CPU 1 error LED DIMMs 1 8 error LEDs starting from the bottom DIMMs 9 16 error LEDs starting from the bottom CPU 2 error LED CPU mismatch LED The system board is equipped with a PCI extender card that provides either one or two additional expansion slots The following illustration shows the LEDs on the PCI Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 135 Ex
37. condition Important This product is not suitable for use with visual display workplace devices according to Clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units Chapter 2 Safety information 13 14 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 3 General information This chapter provides general information that applies to all machine types supported by this publication Features and technologies The TD200x server offers the following features and technologies e UEFl compliant server firmware The server firmware offers several features including Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI 2 1 compliance enhanced RAS capabilities and BIOS compatibility support UEFI replaces the basic input output system BIOS and defines a standard interface between the operating system platform firmware and external devices UEFl compliant servers are capable of starting UEFI compliant operating systems BIOS based operating systems and BIOS based adapters as well as UEFl compliant adapters Note The server does not support DOS e Integrated Management Module The integrated management module IMM combines service processor functions video controller and remote presence function in a single chip The IMM provides advanced service processor control monitoring and alerting function If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails the IMM l
38. error Viewing the test log To view the DSA log when the tests are completed select Utility from the top of the screen and then select View Test Log To view a detailed test log press Tab while you view the DSA log The DSA log data is maintained only while you are running the diagnostic programs When you exit from the diagnostic programs the DSA log is cleared To save the DSA log to a file on a diskette or to the hard disk click Save Log on the diagnostic programs screen and specify a location and name for the saved log file Notes 1 To create and use a diskette you must add an optional external diskette drive to the server 2 To save the test log to a diskette you must use a diskette that you have formatted yourself this function does not work with preformatted diskettes If the diskette has sufficient space for the test log the diskette can contain other data Diagnostic messages The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the column Table 4 DSA messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which
39. power control button becomes active 6 Make sure that the ac power LED on the top of the power supply is lit indicating that the power supply is operating correctly If the server is turned on make sure that the dc power LED on the top of the power supply is lit also Installing redundant power supply and fans You can install a second 920 watt hot swap power supply This upgrade option includes a hot swap power supply and three hot swap fans You must also purchase a second power cord to connect the power supply to a power source To install the redundant power and cooling option do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 3 Remove the three fan air baffles from the fan bays of the fan cage assembly 4 Install the three hot swap fans H in the empty bays of the fan cage assembly Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 177 Release latch EH Hot swap power supply Remove the power supply filler from the second power supply bay Slide the new power supply partially into the empty power supply bay Pinch the orange release latch and push the power supply the rest of the way into the bay until it is seated Install the left side cover 8 Connect one end of the new power cord into the connector on the back of power supply and connec
40. press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the event logs Select System Event Logs and use one of the following procedures e To view the POST event log select POST Event Viewer e To view the system event log select System Event Log Viewing event logs without restarting the server If the server is not hung methods are available for you to view one or more event logs without having to restart the server You can use the DSA Preboot to view the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM event log as the ASM event log or the merged DSA log You must restart the server to use DSA Preboot to view those logs To install a DSA Preboot CD image complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document UE 2 Go to http www lenovo com support Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list Select Servers and Storage from the Brand list From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers and look at the list for the Preboot DSA CD image You can view the IMM event log through the Event Log link in the integrated management module IMM Web interface The following table describes the methods that you c
41. service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 905 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Failed The IMM Note Ignore the error if the hard disk drive indicates a backplane is not installed failure in the SAS backplane and the Sensor bus Bus 4 s 10 11 12 13 14 15 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Reseat the hard disk drive backplane Reconnect the system to the
42. www lenovo com support 201 808 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted 1 Turn off and restart the system memory controller 2 Run the test again display alter 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the buffer execute latest level The installed firmware level is shown error in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 809 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted Turn off and restart the system program error I operation Run the test again running fast 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest scrub level 4 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 810 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test stopped 1 unknown error code XXX received in COMMONEXIT procedure Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest
43. 151 Removing the bezel LL 152 Installing the bezel 2 Qu 154 Opening the bezel media door 155 Closing the bezel media door 2 156 Removing the left side cover LL 157 Installing the left side cover 2 2 2 ee ee ee ee 158 Opening the power supply cage LL 158 Closing the power supply cage 2 2 160 Turning the stabilizing feet 2 ee ee ee ee 162 Internal cable routing and connectors 2 163 Removing the air baffle LL 169 Installing the air baffle LL 170 Removing the fan cage assembly Qu 171 Installing the fan cage assembly 1 eee 172 Removing the battery s e s s s e x s x og sikor e s s ow 172 Installing the battery poe a ogee ce a ee oe OS Removing a hot swap power supply bo Ro eR Soe Roe we ee we oe we amp 14 Installing a hot swap power supply 1 ee ee 175 Installing redundant power supply and fans 177 Removing a voltage regulator module 179 Installing a voltage regulator module 2 2 2 180 Removing the front adapter retention bracket Lo 180 iV ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the front adapter retention bracket Removing the rear adapter retention bracket Installing the rear adapter retention br
44. 163 If you are replacing another 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane repeat stepsfil through 3 to install the additional backplane Install the hot swap hard disk drives see disk arive on page 196 Close the bezel see Closing the bezel on page 151 Install the fan cage assembly seel Installing the fan cage assembly on pagel 72 Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see Closing the power supply cage on page 160 200 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 10 Install the power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 11 Install and lock the left side cover see l Installing the left side cover on page 158 12 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 201 Removing the 2 5 inch disk drive cage BH 2 5 inch hard disk drive cage 2 5 inch hot swap drive To remove the 2 5 inch hard disk drive cage complete the following steps 1 2 10 11 12 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is Iying flat vvith
45. 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 3058004 Three boot failures Undo any recent system changes such as new settings or newly installed devices Make sure that the server is attached to a reliable power source Remove all hardware that is not listed on the ThinkServer ready Web site Make sure that the operating system is not corrupted Run the Setup utility save the configuration and then restart the server 3108007 System configuration restored to default Information only This is message is usually settings associated with the CMOS battery clear event 3138002 Boot configuration error 1 Remove any recent configuration changes that you made in the Setup utility 2 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 3808000 IMM communication failure 1 Remove power from the server for 30 seconds and then reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Update the IMM firmware 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3808002 Error updating system configuration to IMM 4 Remove power from the server and then reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Run the Setu
46. Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Security Userid 1 had 2 login failures from an SSH client at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Error A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from SSH and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Chapter 5 Diagnostics 63 Troubleshooting tables Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable symptoms If you cannot find a problem in these tables see Running the diagnostic programs lon page 90 n page 90lfor information about testing the server If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working complete the following steps before you use the troubleshooting tables 1 Check the operator information panel and the EasyLED di
47. All Models 46D1389 2 Retention Module models CTO All Models 46D1397 3 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46D1409 4 CPU Heat sink models CTO All Models 46D1407 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 66GHz 6 4GTS 8MB QC 95w 46D1264 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 4GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1266 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 26GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1267 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 0GHz 4 8GTS 4AMB QC 80w 46D1271 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 1 86GHz 4 8GTS 4MB DC 80w 46D1272 models CTO 7 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1993 models CTO 7 Memory module 4GB DDR3 1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1994 models CTO 8 System board TD200x Planar models CTO 46D1406 9 VRM models CTO All Models 39Y7395 10 Power Supply Cage models CTO All Models 39Y7389 11 Power supply 920W Power Supply models CTO All 39Y7387 Models 12 Power Supply Filler models CTO All Models 39Y7391 14 USB Lightpath bracket models CTO All Models 46D1385 240 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 15 Parts listing Type 3821 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 15 Half High SATA D
48. Description Action soe SOE Nae Broadcom Test LEDs Failed 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the ae latest level The installed firmware level is shown evice 4 in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 121 Recovering from a Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware update failure If power to the server is interrupted while you are updating the Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware the server might not restart correctly or might not display video If this happens complete the following steps to recover 1 Read the safety information that begins on page El 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all povver cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover seel Removing the left side cover on page 157 4 Locate JP6 on the system board and remove any adapters that impede access to the jumpers Guo
49. Ethernet controller problems The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using See the operating system documentation for information about Ethernet controllers and see the Ethernet controller device driver readme file Try the following procedures e Make sure that the correct device drivers which come with the server are installed and that they are at the latest level e Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly The cable must be securely attached at all connections If the cable is attached but the problem remains try a different cable If the Ethernet controller is set to operate at 100 Mbps you must use Category 5 cabling lf you directly connect two servers without a hub or if you are not using a hub with X ports use a crossover cable To determine whether a hub has an X port check the port label If the label contains an X the hub has an X port e Determine whether the hub supports auto negotiation If it does not try configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub Chapter 5 Diagnostics 123 e Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server These LEDs indicate whether there is a problem with the connector cable or hub The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub If the LED is off there might be a defective c
50. Japan 2 8M models CTO 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO Table 20 Power cords Type 3822 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 41M 42M 43M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 41A 42A 43A 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 41G 42G 43G 248 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 20 Power cords Type 3822 continued Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 41G 41M 41A 42G 42M 42A 43G 43M 43A 44G 39M5151 UR 2 8M models CTO 41G 41A 42G 42A 43G 43A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 41Y 41G 42Y 42G 43Y 43G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 41S 41G 42S 42G 43S 43G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 41G 42G 43G 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 41U 41A 41T 42U 42A 42T 43U 43A 43T 39M5219 Rorea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 41Y 42Y 43Y 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 41Q 42Q 43Q 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO Table 21 Power cords Type 3823 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these cou
51. Microprocessor Xeon 2 0GHz 4 8GTS 4AMB QC 80w 46D1271 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 1 86GHz 4 8GTS 4MB DC 80w 46D1272 models CTO 7 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1993 models CTO 45U 45S 45Y 45G 45M 45A 45Q 45T 45H 45R 45E 7 Memory module 4GB DDR3 1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1994 models CTO 8 System board TD200x Planar models CTO 45U 45S 45Y 46D1406 45G 45M 45A 45Q 45T 45H 45R 45E 9 VRM models CTO All Models 39Y7395 10 Power Supply Cage models CTO All Models 39Y7389 11 Power supply 920W Power Supply models CTO All 39Y7387 Models 12 Power Supply Filler models CTO All Models 39Y7391 14 USB Lightpath bracket models CTO All Models 46D1385 15 Half High SATA DVD ROM models CTO 43W8466 15 Half High SATA Multi Burner models CTO 45U 45S 45Y 43W8467 45G 45M 45A 45Q 45T 45H 45R 45E 16 TD200x Bezel FRU models CTO All Models 46U2424 17 EMC Shield 4 x 3 5 models CTO All Models 46D1402 18 EMC Shield Kit models CTO All Models 46C6706 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO All Models 238 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Tabl
52. O t Ei Es l I is r T Me e Bal d J Es DE L Ba Bi a b I Dl S Pa sa al O O q HER LI HLI Se eee S Q Es po L p I o I o on E MI o0npnnnAnnnnN EE Q og i ale I HH 1 f l 1 U U 1 R y Extender card retaining screws To install an extender card complete the following steps 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the extender card to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the extender card from the package Align the extender card with its connector on the system board then slide the extender card into the connector Install the two screws that secure the extender card to the system board tray Install the system board in the server see l Installing the system board on page i232 Install any adapters that you removed from the expansion slots see l Installing an adapter on page 184 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 209 7 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing a memory module DIMM 2 Retaining clip To remove a dual inline memory module DIMM do the follovving 1 Read the safety information that begins on page El 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices
53. Of the bezel and rotating the left side of the bezel avvay from the server see Removing the bezel on page 152 Remove the EMC shields from the drive bays Find the blue drive rails in the server bay and install one on each side of the tape drive Slide the tape drive H into the server Close the bezel Remove the power supplies from the rear of the server Carefully lay the server down on its side eal the power supply cage see Opening the power supply cage on page for more information Remove the air baffle see Removing the air baffle on page 169 for more information Remove the fan cage assembly 190 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Fan cage assembly release buttons A Fan cage assembly a Press the fan cage release latches on the top and bottom of the fan cage toward the sides of the server The cage lifts slightly when the release latches are fully open b Grasp the cage and lift it out of the server Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 191 14 EH Sooo 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 If the tape drive came with screws secure the drive to the server chassis using the supplied screws
54. SAS backplane connectors The following illustration shows the connectors on the SAS backplane O O Hard disk drive connectors Power connector Signal connector Configuration connector elei 138 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Power supply LEDs The following illustration shows the power supply LEDs on the rear of the server For more information about solving power supply problems see Solving power problems on page 123 K U 1 e j o eo A an o B i O ua O ope z g mi 5 8 g P EE C gt n amp SS a Ed a ac power LED A dc power LED Power error LED The following table describes the problems that are indicated by various combinations of the power supply LEDs and the power on LED on the operator information panel and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Chapter 6 Locating Server Contr
55. Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 806 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped timeout while processing the command Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 807 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped out of space Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more informatio
56. Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Memory uncorrectable error detected Error A memory uncorrectable 1 If the server failed the POST for DIMM All DIMMs on Memory error has occurred memory test reseat the Subsystem All DIMMs DIMMs 2 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test Memory Logging Limit Reached for Error The memory logging limit 1 Update the server firmware to DIMM All DIMMs on Memory has been reached the latest level Subsystem All DIMMs Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test 3 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Memory DIMM Configuration Error Error A DIMM configuration error Make sure that DIMMs are for All DIMMs on Memory Subsystem has occurred installed in the correct sequence All DIMMs and have the same size typ
57. Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 119 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 405 904 xxx Broadcom Ethernet Device Test Interrupt Failed 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA
58. about a suboptimal condition in the server is available in the IMM event log or in the system event log Check the EasyLED diagnostics panel for the error System error amber When this LED is lit it indicates that a system error has occurred Use the diagnostic LED panel and the system service label to further isolate EasyLED diagnostics panel The following illustration shows the front LEDs on the EasyLED diagnostics panel The EasyLED diagnostics panel is located inside the front bezel Note The EasyLED diagnostics LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power A BU va Pr T 9 B l 1 8 E r HE g amp Ua 10 ae LA BRD Server processor bus H Microprocessor VRM 41 Microprocessor memory configuration E Memory G MNM Hard dish drive RAID 1 BEBEBEE Power supply Fan PCI bus System board Temperature System event log USB ports For more information about the EasyLED diagnostics LEDs see l EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 129 Rear view The following illustration shows the connectors and LEDs on the rear of the server 8 ls E He ei
59. action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 81 4 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped requested sensor data or record is not present Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 815 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped invalid data field in the request Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the la
60. and the devices that are attached to it For information about using this program see Using the LSI Configuration Utility program on page 259 The following table lists the different server configurations and the applications that are available for configuring and managing RAID arrays Table 22 Server configurations and applications for configuring and managing RAID arrays Server configuration RAID array configuration before operating system is installed RAID array management after operating system is installed ServeRAID BR10i SAS SATA Controller LSI 1068 installed LSI Utility invoked from the Setup Utility Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 251 Table 22 Server configurations and applications for configuring and managing RAID arrays continued RAID array configuration RAID array management before operating system is after operating system is Server configuration installed installed ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA MegaRAID BIOS Controller LSI 1078 Configuration Utility press C installed to start Using the Setup Utility Use the Setup Utility formerly called the Configuration Setup Utility program to perform the following tasks View configuration information View and change assignments for devices and I O ports Set the date and time Set the startup characteristics of the server and the order of startup devices Set and change settings f
61. at the latest mode level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 102 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU service technician If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 820 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM I2C test 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped a power source You must disconnect the system command from ac power to reset the IMM response could not be After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the provided the power source and turn on the system device is in 3 Run the test again fir
62. bel d Gag giil Ibe GS i di Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es de Seguran a ERAT ZA wi Safety Information RS DE o RRAERL WAM RE RA Prije instalacije ovog produkta obavezno pro itajte Sigurnosne Upute P ed instalac tohoto produktu si p e t te p ru ku bezpe nostn ch instrukc L s sikkerhedsforskrifterne f r du installerer dette produkt Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften Ennen kuin asennat t m n tuotteen lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information Avant d installer ce produit lisez les consignes de s curit Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen Mpiv eykataot oete To mpoidv aut dlaBdoTE Tic MANpOMopies aoMaAElac safety information T1030 MANN NX XIP AT WN wWpnnw 397 A term k telep t se el tt olvassa el a Biztons gi el r sokat Prima di installare questo prodotto leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza RMmOREBOM KERRE HMA lt ESL HU SE EX I AO Ca SAPS ACSA Ipex na ce uncTaJmpa OBO OpOJyET npoduTajre uHQopmanujaTa 3a Ge3GeHOcT Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen Safety Information for du installerer dette produktet Przed zainstalowaniem tego produktu nale y zapozna sie z ksi k Informacje dotycz ce bezpiecze stwa Safety Information Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es sobre Seguran a Mepen ycTaHoBKOU npogyKTa NPOYTUTe UHCTPVYRLIUU NO TexHnKe 6e8O
63. board LEDs The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board UP BEEP FE EEES EEES El Ele jaa iaa me EE EE EE EE ES A ASR ABT REI SY RCA RCR PCY TES J EE face ESE EE EE Cee ESE ESE EES EES ES ES EE al mr VI Ras al T iil YORI Fo PCI slot 1 error LED PCI slot 2 error LED PCI slot 3 error LED HS heartbeat LED PCI slot 4 error LED Battery error LED System board error LED VRM
64. but three DIMMs per microprocessor improves server performance e When two microprocessors are installed in the server distribute the DIMMs between the two microprocessors to improve server performance e The server supports a maximum of 16 single dual or quad rank DIMMs e The memory controller has three registered DIMM channels per microprocessor Channels 0 1 and 2 Channels 0 and 1 support three DIMMs and Channel 2 supports two DIMMs e When installing DIMMs install them starting with the connector farthest from the microprocessor within each channel e When installing a quad ranked DIMM in a channel with single or dual ranked DIMMs install the quad ranked DIMM in the connector farthest from the microprocessor Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 211 e The server supports 1 GB 2 GB and 4 GB DIMMs with a minimum of 1 GB and a maximum of 64 GB of system memory For 32 bit operating systems only Some memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailable to the operating system The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system the configuration of the server and the configured PCI devices e The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server e The server can operate in two major modes mirroring and independent channel modes Independent channel mode The server requires at l
65. click OK Click Next to continue the wizard If prompted insert the original Windows operating system CD If the autorun launches when you insert the CD close it The Windows Components Wizard will automatically detect and install the necessary files Click Finish Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components To install the Windows Server 2008 32 bit components necessary for a ThinkServer EasyManage core server installation complete the steps in this section Installing Web Server Role IIS To install the Web Server Role IIS do the following i Click Start gt Server Manager 2 Under Roles Summary click Add Roles The Add Roles wizard appears 3 Click Next 272 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 4 Select the checkbox next to Web Server IIS A dialog box displays the additional features that are required 5 Click Add Required Features then click Next In the list of additional role services that can be installed ensure that the follow are checked e HTTP Redirection e Static Content e ASP NET e ASP e CGI e Server Side Includes e Windows Authentication e IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility Note When you select ASP Net or ASP a dialog box displays the additional role services required Click Add Required Role Services 6 Click Install Note If IIS is already installed and certain Role Services are still required expand Roles in the tree view on the
66. components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 000 xxx CPU CPU Stress Pass CPU passed No action required test stress test Chapter 5 Diagnostics 91 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 801 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted Internal program error Turn off and restart the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system i
67. controller e ServeRAID firmware is stored in ROM on the SAS controller e SAS firmware is stored in ROM on the integrated RAID controller on the system board e Major components contain vital product data VPD code You can select to update the VPD code during the UEFI code update procedure The following items are downloadable at http www lenovo com support e Diagnostic programs e IMM firmware e Ethernet firmware Using the EasyUpdate Firmware Updater tool ThinkServer EasyUpdate Firmware Updater is a software application that enables you to maintain your system firmware up to date and helps you avoid unnecessary outages Firmware Updater updates the server firmware in two steps by updating system and adapter firmware and updating hard disk drive HDD firmware To update your system first go the Lenovo Support Web site and obtain the ISO file 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates Download the ThinkServer firmware update media ISO file Burn the ISO image to CD or DVD Insert the media in the server CD DVD drive and boot the server to that drive After DOS starts the master application starts automatically Hardware detection runs and a list of applicable firmware
68. fail LED CPU 1 error LED DIMMs 1 8 error LEDs starting from the bottom DIMMs 9 16 error LEDs starting from the bottom CPU 2 error LED CPU mismatch LED PCI slot 5 error LED PCI slot 6 error LED IMM heartbeat LED EN o Anona EE E ARBES Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 145 The system board is equipped with a PCI extender card that provides either one or two additional expansion slots The following illustration shows the LEDs on the PCI Express extender card HH if one is installed i The following illustration shows the LEDs Ef and H on the PCI X extender card if one is installed U Y i System board external connectors The follovving illustration shovvs the external input output connectors on the system board 9 9 JJ S J ff 3 88 of ds Video port A Serial port 10 100m RJ45 LAN connector 4 NMI button E USB ports g GbE RJ45 LAN connectors 146 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane connectors The following illustration shows the connectors on the 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane Hard disk drive connectors Power connector Signal connector Configurat
69. for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Turn off and restart the system N Run the test again Run the test again 5 Ifthe failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 111 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 807 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted 1 Turn off and restart the system the memory controller buffer 2 Run the test again free request 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the failed latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http
70. for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 903 xxx Optical Drive Verity Aborted Could not 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media ae the media and wait for 15 seconds rive Installed 2 Run the test again t Read Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose Write Test or broken connections or damage to the cable Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again Messages and actions 5 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest apply to all level three tests 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the CD DVD drive 8 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 904 xxx Optical Drive Verity Failed A read error 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media occurred media and wait for 15 seconds Installed Run the test again Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose Write Test or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Messages I and actions 4 Run the test again apply to both 5 Replace the CD DVD drive tests 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 217 800 000 SAS SATA Disk Drive Aborted Test aborted Run the test again Hard Drive Test 116 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual
71. hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see l Opening the power supply cage on page 158 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the fan cage assembly see Removing the fan cage assembly on age 171 Disconnect the EasyLED diagnostics cable from the system board see System board internal connectors on page 131Jandl internal cable routing and connectors on page 163 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Open the bezel see Opening the bezel on page 150 Press down on the release latch on the top of the USB cable and EasyLED panel mounting bracket then rotate the top of the mounting bracket away from the server Lift the USB cable and EasyLED panel mounting bracket out and away from the server while you pull the diagnostics cable through the hole J i Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 193 15 16 Disconnect the USB cable from the USB cable and EasyLED panel a Rotate the USB cable and EasyLED panel mounting bracket so that you are looking at the rear of the bracket b Squeeze the retaining clips on each side of the USB cable connector and pull the USB cable away from the mounting bracket If you are instructed to return the USB cable and EasyLED panel follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are sup
72. in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 0051009 No memory detected 1 Make sure that the server contains DIMMs 2 Reseat the DIMMs 3 Install DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 211 005100A No usable memory detected 1 Make sure that the server contains DIMMs 2 Reseat the DIMMs 3 Install DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 211 4 Clear CMOS memory to re enable all the memory connectors 0058001 PFA threshold exceeded 1 Update the firmware seq Updating the firmware on page 267 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the memory test 3 Replace the failing DIMM which is indicated by a lit LED on the system board 0058007 DIMM population is unsupported 1 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server 2 Remove the lowest numbered DIMM pair of those that are identified replace it with an identical pair of known good DIMMs and then restart the server Repeat as necessary If the failures cont
73. invalid Reseat the VRM 3 If the CNFG LED is not lit reseat the following components a Failing VRM b Trained service technician only Microprocessor associated with the VRM 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Failing VRM b Trained service technician only Microprocessor associated with the VRM c Trained service technician only System board Microprocessor CPU A microprocessor has failed or an Check the system event log to determine the invalid microprocessor configuration reason for the lit LED is installed 2 Determine whether the CNFG LED is also lit If the Note Trained service technician A I only Make sure that the CNFG LED is not lit a microprocessor has failed microprocessors are installed in the a Make sure that the failing microprocessor correct sequence which is indicated by the CPU1 or CPU2 error LED on the system board is installed correctly b Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time 1 Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor 2 Trained service technician only System board c If the CNFG LED is lit and the CPU mismatch LED on the system board is also lit an invalid microprocessor configuration is installed 1 Make sure that the microprocessors are compatible with each other They must match in speed and cache
74. is corrected microprocessor 1 is bad and must be replaced 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 1 b Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 c Trained service technician only System board 0011000 Invalid microprocessor type 1 Update the firmware see Updating the firmware on page 267 2 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type 30 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 0011002 Microprocessor mismatch 1 Run the Setup utility and view the microprocessor information to compare the installed microprocessor specifications 2 Trained service technician only Remove and replace one of the microprocessors so that they both match 00110
75. is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The amount of system memory that is displayed is less than the amount of installed physical memory on page 124 Make sure that e No error LEDs are lit on the operator information panel or on the DIMM e Memory mirroring does not account for the discrepancy e The memory modules are seated correctly e You have installed the correct type of memory e If you changed the memory you updated the memory configuration in the Setup utility All banks of memory are enabled The server might have automatically disabled a memory bank when it detected a problem or a memory bank might have been manually disabled Check the POST event log for DIMM error messages e If a DIMM was disabled by a system management interrupt SMI replace the DIMM e If a DIMM was disabled by the user or by POST run the Setup utility and enable the DIMM Run memory diagnostics seel Running the diagnostic programs on page 90 Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server is at the minimum memory configuration two 512 MB DIMMs
76. level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 112 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardvvare Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 901 xxx Memory Memory Test Failed Test failure single bit error failing bank x failing memory card y failing DIMM z 1 8 Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 252 10 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the povver source Reseat DIMM z Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure th
77. log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 905 XXX Broadcom Ethernet Device Test Loop back at MAC Layer Failed 4 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 906 xxx B
78. minutes in the field that is provided The IMM will log you off the Web interface if your browser is inactive for the number of minutes that you entered for the timeout value 4 Click Continue to start the session The browser opens the System Status page which displays the server status and the server health summary Advanced Settings Utility program The Advanced Settings Utility ASU program is an alternative to the Setup Utility for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the Setup Utility You can also use the ASU program to configure the optional remote presence features or other IMM settings The remote presence features provide enhanced systems management capabilities In addition the ASU program provides limited settings for configuring the IPMI function in the IMM through the command line interface 270 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Use the command line interface to issue setup commands You can save any of the settings as a file and run the file as a script The ASU program supports scripting environments through a batch processing mode Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software You can install the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server program from the ThinkServer EasyManage CD or you can download and install the program from After one instance of the T
79. or remove the bezel NESSSS SLM Complete the following steps to open the bezel 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Using the supplied key unlock the left side cover and bezel 3 Press on the left edge of the bezel and rotate the left side of the bezel away from the server 150 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Closing the bezel Pull point To close the bezel do the following 1 Rotate the left side of the bezel toward the server to the closed position 2 Lock the left side cover using the key that comes with the server Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 151 Removing the bezel Bezel Hinge assembly Retention tabs noo To remove the bezel do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Unlock the left side side cover Note You must unlock the side cover to remove the bezel 3 Open the bezel see l Opening the bezel on page 150 152 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 4 Press the retention tabs on the hinge assembly toward each other and pull the hinge assembly out of the chassis
80. power green Off AC power is not present or the power supply or the LED itself has failed Flashing rapidly 4 times per second The server is turned off and is not ready to be turned on The power control button is disabled Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active Flashing slowly once per second The server is turned off and is ready to be turned on You can press the power control button to turn on the server Lit The server is turned on Fading on and off The server is in a reduced power state To wake the server press the power control button or use the IMM Web interface Hard disk drive activity green When this LED is flashing rapidly it indicates that there is activity on a hard disk drive System information amber When this amber LED is lit it indicates that information about a suboptimal condition in the server is available in the IMM event log or in the system event log Check the EasyLED panel for more information System error amber When this LED is lit it indicates that a system error has occurred Use the EasyLED panel and the system service label to further isolate the error 2 Look at the EasyLED panel on the front of the server Lit LEDs on the EasyLED panel indicate the type of error that has occurred The following illustration shows the EasyLED panel LEDs that are visible through the bezel C
81. power source and turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 109 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Table 4 DSA messages continued service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 906 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Failed The IMM 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the indicates a power source You must disconnect the system failure in the from ac power to reset the IMM PCI bus Bus 5 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest lev
82. removing 2 5 inch disk drive backplane 198 2 5 inch drive cage 202 adapter 184 extender card 207 heat sink retention module 227 microprocessor 218 microprocessor retention module 229 operator information panel assembly 205 system board 231 290 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual G general problems 65 getting help 275 gigabit Ethernet controller configuring 266 gloss statement Germany 284 grease thermal 226 H H8 heartbeat LED 87 138 hard disk drive backplane connectors 147 diagnostic tests types of 66 formatting 260 installing 197 LED 80 problems 65 removing 195 types 196 heat output 18 heat sink retention module installing 228 removing 227 help getting 275 hints and tips 25 humidity 18 IMM error messages 38 event log 28 heartbeat LED 87 137 overview 15 installation order memory modules 215 installing 2 5 inch disk drive backplane 200 2 5 inch drive cage 204 adapter 184 185 air baffle 170 battery 173 bezel 154 DIMM 215 DVD drive 188 EasyLED panel 194 extender card 209 fan cage assembly 172 fans 218 front adapter retention bracket 181 heat sink retention module 228 hot swap hard disk drive 197 left side cover 158 microprocessor 220 microprocessor retention module 230 operator information panel assembly 206 power supply 175 rear adapter retention bracket 183 system board 232 the redundant power and cooling option 177 USB cable and EasyLED pane
83. replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 818 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM I2C test 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped power source You must disconnect the system cannot execute from ac power to reset the IMM a duplicated request After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 819 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM I2C test 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped a power source You must disconnect the system command from ac power to reset the IMM response could not be After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the provided the power source and turn on the system SDR repository 3 Run the test again is in update 4 Make sure that the DSA code is
84. retention bracket follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 182 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the rear adapter retention bracket A DIRT P Rear adapter retention bracket H Hinge pins To install the rear adapter retention bracket do the following 1 Insert the bottom hinge point on the rear adapter retention bracket into the matching hole in the chassis then insert the top hinge point into the matching hole Install the adapters see l Installing an adapter on page 184 Close the rear adapter retention bracket Install and lock the side cover see l Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server of oN Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 183 Removing an adapter EH Rear adapter retention bracket Adapter Front adapter retention bracket To remove an adapter do the following i 2 DNA Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the
85. see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see Closing the power supply cage on page 160 Install the power supplies see l Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Completing the installation To complete the installation do the following 1 w No Insert the bezel hinges into the slots on the server chassis and close the bezel Closing the bezel media door on page 156Jand l Closing the bezel on page 151 Position the left side cover over the server Place the bottom edge of the cover onto the bottom edge of the server Rotate the top edge of left side cover toward the server then press down on the cover handle until it clicks into place Installing the left side cover on page 158 Rotate the bezel to its fully closed position Using the supplied key lock the left side cover and bezel Connect the cables and power cords For more information see the cables on page 234 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 233 Connecting the cables Notes 1 Be sure to turn off the server before you connect any cables to or disconnect any cables from the server or hot plug adapter 2 For
86. server off and then turn the server back on 4 If the problem remains replace the power supply Off Off On No ac power to 14 Replace the power supply This happens only the server ora 2 Mak te ahi ah di when a second problem with the 7 iinet ine Hee faa eens power supply is ac power source Eun DONE providing power to and the power SOU560 the server supply had detected an internal problem Off On Off Faulty power Replace the power supply supply Off On On Faulty power Replace the power supply supply On Off Off a mi not 4 Reseat the power supply yee eee ully seated _ at a power supply faulty system 2 If da RGA board un LED is not lit is not fully seated board or faulty replace the power supply power supply 3 Trained service technician only If system board error LED is lit replace the system board On Off or On Faulty power Replace the power supply Flashing supply On On Off Normal operation On On On Power supply is Replace the power supply faulty but still operational Chapter 5 Diagnostics 89 Diagnostic programs messages and error codes The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server As you run the diagnostic programs text messages and error codes are displayed on the screen and are saved in the test log A diagnostic text message or error code indicates that a problem has been detected to determine what action you should t
87. server to fall over Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on age 157 Rotate the adapter retention brackets to the open position Disconnect the cables from the adapter Remove the screw that secures the adapter to the server chassis Pull the adapter out of the adapter connector then lift the adapter out of the server If you are instructed to return the adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing an adapter The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install an adapter Locate the documentation that comes with the adapter and follow those instructions in addition to the instructions in this section If you must change the switch or jumper settings on the adapter follow the instructions that come with the adapter 184 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Avoid touching the components and gold edge connectors on the adapter PCI slots 1 and 6 support half length PCI adapters only PCI slots 2 3 4 and 5 support full length and half length PCI adapters The PCI Express extender card supports a full length adapter The PCI X extender card supports two full length adapters PCI slots 1 and 5 support the RAID adapters PCI slot 2 supports a VGA adapter The PCI configuration
88. service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number An Over Temperature Condition has been detected on the Processor CPU nStatus n microprocessor number Error An overtemperature condition has occurred for microprocessor n n microprocessor number 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor nis installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Chapter 5 Diagnostics 39 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The Processor CPU nStatus has Failed with FRB1 BIST condition n microprocessor number Error A processor failed FRB1 BIST condition has occurred n microprocessor number Check for a server firmware update I
89. settings Note This specific version is required Use Windows Update to install all available critical updates Launch the EasyManage installation After ThinkServer EasyManage is installed enable Security and Patch Manager to obtain the LANDesk 8 8 Software Updates In the console application click Help gt LANDesk gt Security Updates for a guide to configuring Security and Patch Manager Install Adobe Flash Player 9 if you plan to use the Management Console functions from the same server on which the Core Server is installed You can obtain Adobe Flash Player 9 from the Adobe Web site http Awww adobe com products flashplayer Installing Windows 2003 components on the Core Server To install IIS ASP Net and SNMP on the Core Server do the following procedure We 2 7 In the Windows Control Panel double click Add or Remove Programs In the toolbar on the left click Add Remove Windows Components to launch the Windows Components Wizard Select from the Components list e When installing IIS and ASP NET click Application Server then click Details e When installing SNMP click Management and Monitoring Tools then click Details Select the component that you want to install e When installing IIS select Internet Information Services IIS then click OK e When installing ASP NET select ASP NET then click OK e When installing SNMP select Simple Network Management Protocol then
90. shows two additional PCI X expansion slots that are available on the PCI X extender card ns PCI X 1 slot 7 A PCI X 2 slot 8 132 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual System board external connectors The following illustration shows the external input output connectors and the NMI button on the system board 90 3 8 a Ee T o 4 N es a Video port Serial port 10 100m RJ45 LAN connector NMI button USB ports GbE RJ45 LAN connectors jo fen feof rot System board switches and jumpers The following illustration shows the SW6 switch and the jumpers on the system board See the tables below the illustration for information about the switch settings iy Ei a a r poonnnnnpnr o Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 133 Table 6 System board jumpers Jumper Jumper number name Jumper setting JP6 UEFI boot Pins 1 and 2 Normal operation default ds gt ly Pins 2 and 3 Enable the UEFI recovery mode 2 JP1 ses e Pins 1 and 2 Normal operation default eee e Pins 2 and 3 Clears CMOS SW6 switch block Note If no jumper is p
91. sliding the orange release latch in the direction of the arrow Pull outward on the free end of the handle to remove the fan from the server If you are instructed to return the hot swap fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 217 Installing a hot swap fan The server comes with three 120 mm x 38 mm hot swap fans in the fan support bracket at the front of the server The following instructions can be used to install any hot swap fan in the server Hot swap fan To install a hot swap fan do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the hot swap fan to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the fan from the package 3 Open the fan locking handle on the replacement fan Insert the fan into the socket and close the handle to the locked position Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page El o a
92. startup sequence Integrated management module Use the integrated management module IMM for configuration to update the firmware and sensor data record field replaceable unit SDR FRU data and to remotely manage a network For information about using the IMM see Using the Integrated Management Module on page 268 Remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture feature are integrated into the integrated management module IMM These features allow you to access the network remotely and to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system For more information about how to enable the remote presence function see Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture on page Advanced Settings Utility ASU program Use this program as an alternative to the Setup Utility for modifying UEFI settings and IMM settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the Setup Utility For more information about using this program see Settings Utility program on page 270 Ethernet controller configuration For information about configuring the Ethernet controller see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller on page 266 LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure the integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities
93. steps Press Ctrl Alt Delete Turn off the server by pressing the power control button for 5 seconds om Restart the server 2 o If the server fails POST and the power control button does not work disconnect the power cord for 20 seconds then reconnect the power cord and restart the server If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPl avvare operating system suspect the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 73 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The server unexpectedly shuts Seel Solving undetermined problems on page 124 down and the LEDs on the operator information panel are not lit Serial port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceabl
94. supply cage and rotate it out of the server until it locks Rotate the rear of the air baffle up A then find the pinch tab on the air baffle pinch it together with your fingers H and lift JH the air baffle J out of the server NO of QN Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 169 Installing the air baffle To install the air baffle do the following 1 With the rear hinged part of the air baffle lifted up align the positioning pins on the ends of the air baffle with the locating holes in the server chassis and fan cage assembly 2 Slide the air baffle down into the server until the positioning pins fit into the locating holes then press down on the air baffle until the pinch tab clicks into place 3 Rotate the rear hinged part of the air baffle H down to the system board Note Make sure that the power supply cage cables are not caught under the air baffle 4 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see power supply cage on page 160 5 Install the hot swap power supply or power supplies see l Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 6 Install and lock the left side cover 7 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 170 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the fan cage assembly 2 Fan c
95. switches to make sure that the system and any optional devices are turned on e Use the troubleshooting information in your system documentation and use the diagnostic tools that come with your system Information about diagnostic tools is in Chapter 5 Diagnostics on page 27 e Go to the atjhttp www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information You can solve many problems without outside assistance by using the information available on the Lenovo support site or by following the troubleshooting procedures that Lenovo provides in the documentation that is provided with your Lenovo product The documentation that comes with Lenovo systems also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform Most systems operating systems and programs come with documentation that contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes If you suspect a software problem see the documentation for the operating system or program Getting help and information from the World Wide Web On the World Wide Web the Lenovo Web site has up to date information about Lenovo systems optional devices services and support For general information about Lenovo products or to purchase Lenovo products go to For support on Lenovo products go to http www lenovo com support Calling for service During the warranty period you can get hel
96. technician Symptom Action A problem occurs only 1 Make sure that occasionally and is difficult to e All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and diagnose attached devices e When the server is turned on air is flowing from the fan grille If there is no airflow the fan is not working This can cause the server to overheat and shut down 2 Check the system event log or IMM log see Event logs on page 27 3 Seel Solving undetermined problems on page 124 66 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom All or some keys on the keyboard do not work Action i Make sure that e The keyboard cable is securely connected e The server and the monitor are turned on 2 See http www lenovo com thinkserver and then click Options Open the Server Options Guide pdf for keyboard compatibili
97. the ThinkServer EasyManage console e Any previous agent from EasyManage or LANDesk must be removed prior to installing the Core Server and Management Console Installation order The order in which you install the operating system and Windows Components is critical to install ThinkServer EasyManage software successfully To ensure a clean working installation of ThinkServer EasyManage software use the following installation order 1 Install Microsoft Windows Server 2003 or Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32 bit with the latest Service Pack 2 Install the following Windows Components See l Installing Windows 2003 components on the Core Server on page 272lorl Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components on page 272 3 Use Windows Update to install all available critical updates 4 For Windows Server 2003 only Download Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 Service Pack 1 or newer from the following Web site http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyID 0856eacb 4362 4b0d 8edd aab15c5e04f5 amp DisplayLang en Install the software using the default settings Chapter 9 Configuring the server 271 For both Windows Server 2003 and 2008 Download Microsoft Web Services Enhancement 2 0 Service Pack 3 LANDesk Process Manager only from the following Web site http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyID 1ba1f631 c3e7 420a bc1 e ef 1 8bab661 22 amp DisplayLang en Install the software using the default
98. the cover facing p Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Unlock and remove the left side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see l Opening thel Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the fan cage assembly see l Removing the fan cage assembly on page 171 Turn the server upright and open the bezel see Opening the bezel on page 150 Remove all of the disk drives from the 2 5 inch disk drive cage see Removing a 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive on page 195 Disconnect the cables from the 2 5 inch disk drive backplane Press both drive cage release latches inward then pull the drive cage out of the front of server is 202 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 13 Remove both of the backplanes from the 2 5 inch disk drive cage see Removing a 2 5 inch disk drive backplane on page 198 14 If you are instructed to return the 2 5 inch disk drive cage follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 203 Installing the 2 5 inch disk drive cage BH 2 5 inch hard dis
99. the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 801 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped the IMM returned an incorrect response length Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 93 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service techni
100. the network If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto negotiation the controllers detect the data transfer rate 1OBASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE T and duplex mode full duplex or half duplex of the network and automatically operate at that rate and mode You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controllers However you must install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controllers For device drivers and information about configuring the Ethernet controllers see the Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Software CD that comes with the server 266 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Updating the firmware The firmware in the server is periodically updated and is available for download on the Lenovo Support Web site Go to http www lenovo com support to check for the latest level of firmware such as unified extensible firmware interface UEFI code vital product data VPD code device drivers and service processor firmware When you replace a device in the server you might have to either update the server with the latest version of the firmware that is stored in memory on the device or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image e UEFI code is stored in ROM on the system board e IMM firmware is stored in ROM on the baseboard management controller on the system board e Ethernet firmware is stored in ROM on the Ethernet
101. the server 261 Creating a storage configuration using the Configuration Wizard Follow these steps to start create a storage configuration 1 Click Configuration Wizard to start the wizard 2 Select a configuration option Attention If you select Clear Configuration or New Configuration all existing data in the configuration is deleted Make a backup copy of any data that you want to keep before selecting these options Clear Configuration Clears the existing configuration New Configuration Clears the existing configuration and lets you create a new configuration Add Configuration Retains the existing storage configuration and adds new drives to it this does not cause any data loss 3 Click Next 4 Select a configuration mode from the following options Custom Configuration In this mode you can control all attributes of the new storage configuration Auto Configuration and Redundancy This mode automatically creates an optimal RAID 1 or RAID 5 configuration providing data redundancy Auto Configuration without Redundancy This mode automatically created a non redundant RAID 0 configuration 5 Click Next to continue Viewing and changing adapter properties You can view information for one LSI SAS adapter at a time If your system has multiple LSI SAS adapters you can view information for a different adapter click Adapter Selection on the main view To view the properties for the currently selected adapter click
102. to be managed by the centralized console The ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server is supported on Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32 bit products The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent is supported on 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Red Hat and SUSE operating systems Chapter 3 General information 19 20 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 4 General Checkout You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures in this Hardware Maintenance Manual and on the Lenovo Web site This document describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes The documentation that comes with your operating system and software also contains troubleshooting information Checkout procedure The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to diagnose a problem in the server About the checkout procedure Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems review the following information e Read the safety information that begins on page vii e The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major components of the server such as the system board Ethernet controller keyboard mouse pointing device serial ports and hard disk drives You can also use them to test some external devic
103. which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 904 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Failed The IMM indicates a failure in the power supply bus Bus 3 1 oe ON 10 11 12 13 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more SE Updating the Timas an Run the test again Reseat the power supply Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 108 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued
104. you to manage the functions of the server locally and remotely and provides remote presence and blue screen capture capability The IMM also provides system monitoring and event recording e TCP IP offload engine TOE support The Ethernet controllers in the server support TOE which is a technology that offloads the TCP IP flow from the microprocessors and I O subsystem to increase the speed of the TCP IP flow When an operating system that supports TOE is running on the server and TOE is enabled the server supports TOE operation See the operating system documentation for information about enabling TOE Note As of the date of this document the Linux operating system does not support TOE Specifications The following information is a summary of the features and specifications of the server Depending on the server model some features might not be available or some specifications might not apply Chapter 3 General information 17 Table 1 Features and specifications Microprocessor e Intel Xeon dual core or quad core with integrated memory controller and Quick Path Interconnect QPI architecture Designed for LGA 1366 socket Scalable up to four cores e 32 KB instruction cache 32 KB data cache and 8 MB cache that is shared among the cores e Support for up to two microprocessors second microprocessor with pluggable VRM e Support for Intel Extended Memory 64 Technology EM64T Note Use the Setup Utility to d
105. you must type the password and press Enter when you are prompted for POST to run If POST is completed without detecting any problems the server startup is completed If POST detects a problem an error message is sent to the POST event log The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions to correct the detected problems These errors can appear as severe warning or informational Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 0010002 Microprocessor not supported 1 Reseat the following components one at a time in the order shovvn restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 1 b Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 if one is installed 2 Trained service technician only Remove microprocessor 2 and restart the server 3 Trained service technician only Remove microprocessor 1 and install microprocessor 2 in the microprocessor 1 connector Restart the server If the error
106. 00x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 245 Table 17 Parts listing Type 3823 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 19 Hard disk drive 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO All Models 20 2 5 HDD CAGE models CTO All Models 46D1405 21 Backplane models CTO All Models 49Y 4462 22 Fan 120mm models CTO All Models 44E4563 23 HS 120x38 Fan harness models CTO All Models 46D1394 24 LSI MR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 41U 41S 43W4297 41Y 41G 41M 41A 41Q 41T 41H 41R 41E 42U 42S 42Y 42G 42M 42A 42Q 42T 42H 42R 42E 43G 43M 43A 43Q 43T 43H 43R 43E 25 LSI BR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46U 46S 44E8690 46Y 46G 46M 46A 46Q 46T 46H 46R 46E 26 LSI MR10is VAULT SAS SATA Controller models CTO 44E8696 FOOT STATIONARY GBM models CTO All Models 13N2985 Cable 24 SATA Cable models CTO All Models 25R5635 Cable USB Cable models CTO All Models 39Y9790 Cable Easy LED Cable models CTO All Models 46D1395 Cable Pure Power Cable models CTO All Models 46D1400 Cable Backplane Configuration Cable models CTO All 46D1401 Models Cable SAS 710mm Cable models CTO All Models 46M6498 Cable Simple Swap SATA Signal Power Cable models 49Y4514 CTO All Models Cable CONTROL PANEL PWR 5 LED Cable models 41Y9080 CTO All Models SYSTEM FEET GBM models CTO All Models 26K
107. 04 Microprocessor failed BIST 1 Update the firmware see l Updating the firmware on page 267 2 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 2 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 001100A Microcode update failed 1 Update the server firmware see l Updating the firmware on page 267 2 Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor 0050001 DIMM disabled 1 If the server fails the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs 2 Remove and replace any DIMM for which the associated error LED is lit see memory module on page 210 and Installing a memory module on page 211 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test 0051003 Uncorrectable DIMM error 1 If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs 2 Remove and replace any DIMM for which the associated error LED is lit see memory module on page 210 and Installing a memory module on page 211 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test 0051006 DIMM mismatch detected Make sure that the DIMMs match and are installed in the correct sequence see l Installing a memory module on page 211 Chapter 5 Diagnostics 31 Follow the suggested actions
108. 1 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Index Numerics 2 5 inch disk drive backplane installing 200 removing 198 2 5 inch drive cage installing 204 removing 202 A ac power LED 131 adapter boot option 185 installing 185 PCI bus identification 185 removing 184 types and installation information 184 administrator password 255 Advanced Settings Utility ASU program overview 270 Advanced Settings Utility program overview 270 air baffle 170 ASM event log 28 assertion event system event log 28 assistance getting 275 Attached Disk Test 66 backplane connectors 147 battery failure LED 86 137 installing 173 removing 172 bays 18 bezel closing 151 installing 154 media door open 155 open 150 removing 152 BIOS update failure 122 blue screen capture feature overview 269 boot selection menu program using 258 C cable routing 234 cabling external 234 the server 234 cache 18 checkout procedure 21 22 Class A electronic emission notice 284 closing bezel 151 closing power supply cage 160 Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 CNFG LED 81 code updates 23 collecting data 23 completing the installation 233 configuration 234 minimum 124 updating server 251 configuration programs LSI Configuration Utility 251 connecting the cables 234 connectors extender cards 143 hard disk drive backplane 147 on front of server 127 rear of server 130 system board 141 controller configuring E
109. 292 SAS Backplate models CTO All Models 43V7070 Fan Cage Card models CTO All Models 46D1384 PLANAR TRAY models CTO All Models 46D1390 SATA Opt Power models CTO All Models 46D1393 Chassis models CTO All Models 46D1408 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Top Side cover models CTO All Models 46D1411 ALCOHOL WIPE models CTO All Models 59P4739 Bottom Cover TD200 x Rack models CTO All Models 46C6704 Keyboard USEng103P models CTO 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models CTO 41U3013 LSI MR10M SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43VV4341 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 239 Table 14 Parts listing Type 3719 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter PCle 39Y6070 models CTO NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter 4207182 models CTO QLogic 10Gb CNA models CTO 42C 1802 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Qlogic 10Gb SFP SR Optical Transce models CTO 4201816 Service Label models CTO All Models 46U2443 LSI Raid battery models CTO 43W4301 Table 15 Parts listing Type 3821 CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 1 Side Cover models CTO
110. 5 inch disk drive backplane Jota afetro Latch Tabs Configuration cable connector SAS signal cable connector 2 5 inch hot swap backplane Power cable connector Locator pin To remove a 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane complete the following steps 1 Read the REI information that begins on page andiChapter 2 Safety 2 information on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on age 157 Open the bezel see l Opening the bezel on page 150 198 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardivare Maintenance Manual 10 11 12 13 Remove the hot swap hard disk drives see Removing a 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive on page 195 Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening the power supply cage on page 158 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the fan cage assembly see Removing the fan cage assembly on age 171 Note where the power signal and configuration cables are connected to the 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane then disconnect them see backplane connectors on page 138 Lift the retention latch that hold
111. 719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Hostname set to 1 by user 2 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 user ID Info A user has modified the host name of the IMM No action information only IP address of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 903 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 2 CIM StaticiPAssignment SettingData lPAddress 3 user ID Info A user has modified the IP address of the IMM No action information only IP subnet mask of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 9035 1 CIM IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 2 CIM_StaticlPAssignment SettingData SubnetMask 3 user ID Info A user has modified the IP subnet mask of the IMM No action information only IP address of default gateway modified from 1 to 2 by user 3s 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint GatevvayIPv4Address 2 CIM StaticiPAssignment SettingData DefaultGatewayAddress 3 user ID Info A user has modified the default gateway IP address of the IMM No action information only OS Watchdog response 1 by 2 1 Enabled or Disabled 902 user ID Info A use
112. 7345 KEYLOCK ALIKE models CTO All Models 26K7363 KEYLOCK RANDOM models CTO All Models 26K7364 PWR 5 LED models CTO All Models 46C6707 Thermal Grease models CTO All Models 41Y9292 SAS Backplate models CTO All Models 43V7070 Fan Cage Card models CTO All Models 46D1384 PLANAR TRAY models CTO All Models 46D1390 SATA Opt Power models CTO All Models 46D1393 Chassis models CTO All Models 46D1408 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Top Side cover models CTO All Models 46D1411 ALCOHOL WIPE models CTO All Models 59P4739 Bottom Cover TD200 x Rack models CTO All Models 46C6704 Keyboard USEng103P models CTO 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models CTO 41U3013 246 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 17 Parts listing Type 3823 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number LSI MR10M SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43VV4341 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter PCle 39Y6070 models CTO NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter 42C7182 models CTO QLogic 10Gb CNA models CTO 42C 1802 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Qlogic 10Gb SFP SR Optical Transce models CTO 4201816 Service Label models CTO All Models 46U2443 LSI Raid battery models CTO 43W4301
113. 96 EC WEEE DF RV ASHE DANT WET COMPA EU RECHE 3 SEAASCRBORMEVGAAINOR FERED TN ET COAPRNVI EMAAR o EREDT o CHIE UR DE Po UEDA I EF RN DF D EDICTE ORM MICH DA TO FE 3 Remarque Cette marque s applique uniquement aux pays de l Union Europ enne et la Norv ge Appendix B Notices 281 L etiquette du systeme respecte la Directive europ enne 2002 96 EC en mati re de D chets des Equipements Electriques et Electroniques DEEE qui d termine les dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux syst mes utilis s a travers l Union europ enne Conform ment a la directive ladite tiquette pr cise que le produit sur lequel elle est appos e ne doit pas tre jet mais tre r cup r en fin de vie In accordance with the European WEEE Directive electrical and electronic equipment EEE is to be collected separately and to be reused recycled or recovered at end of life Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive as shown above must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and recovery of WEEE Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE For proper collection and treatment contact your loc
114. A 42Q 42T 42H 42R 42E 43G 43M 43A 43Q 43T 43H 43R 43E 25 LSI BR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 45U 45S 44E8690 45Y 45G 45M 45A 45Q 45T 45H 45R 45E 26 LSI MR10is VAULT SAS SATA Controller models CTO 44E8696 FOOT STATIONARY GBM models CTO All Models 13N2985 Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 243 Table 16 Parts listing Type 3822 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number Cable 24 SATA Cable models CTO All Models 25R5635 Cable USB Cable models CTO All Models 39Y9790 Cable Easy LED Cable models CTO All Models 46D1395 Cable Pure Power Cable models CTO All Models 46D1400 Cable Backplane Configuration Cable models CTO All 46D1401 Models Cable SAS 710mm Cable models CTO All Models 46M6498 Cable Simple Swap SATA Signal Power Cable models 49Y4514 CTO All Models Cable CONTROL PANEL PWR 5 LED Cable models 41Y9080 CTO All Models SYSTEM FEET GBM models CTO All Models 26K7345 KEYLOCK ALIKE models CTO All Models 26K7363 KEYLOCK RANDOM models CTO All Models 26K7364 PWR 5 LED models CTO All Models 46C6707 Thermal Grease models CTO All Models 41Y9292 SAS Backplate models CTO All Models 43V7070 Fan Cage Card models CTO All Models 46D1384 PLANAR TRAY models CTO All Models 46D1390 SATA Opt Power models CT
115. Adapter Properties on the main WebBIOS screen Viewing and changing virtual disk properties On the WebBIOS main screen select a virtual disk from the list and click Virtual Disk The Properties panel displays the RAID level state size and stripe size The Policies panel lists the virtual disk policies that were defined when the storage configuration was created To change any of these policies select a policy from the menu and click Change The Operations panel lists operations that can be performed on the virtual disk Select the operation and click Go Then choose from the following operations e Select Del to delete this virtual disk e Select Locate and the LEDs flash on the physical drives used by this virtual disk e Select Fast or Slow to initialize this virtual disk Attention Before you run an initialization back up any data on the virtual disk that you want to save All data on the virtual disk is lost when you initialize it 262 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD The ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controller and installing an operating system The program works in conjunction with your Windows or Linux operating system installation disc to automate the process of installing the operating system and associated device drivers If you did not receive a ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD with your serv
116. CREA BENNA AERE PUT EMER 0 HER MRA S POP ESR ERE o Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 1 ANWYD NDIY IVSANY 7199 NT qnona NDN MANTXA MYTNN 95 NX DNXIPY INTI AS ASA IME USS AHS Aol DE SUAS L PHASS SASAAS Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs RoHS The Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive 2002 95 EC is a European Union legal requirement affecting the global electronics industry ROHS requirements must be implemented on Lenovo products placed on the market and sold in the European Union after June 2006 Products on the market before June 2006 are not required to have RoHS compliant parts If the parts are not compliant originally replacement parts can also be noncompliant but in all cases if the parts are compliant the replacement parts must also be compliant Note RoHS and non RoHS FRU part numbers with the same fit and function are identified with unique FRU part numbers Lenovo plans to transition to ROHS compliance well before the implementation date and expects its suppliers to be ready to support Lenovo s requirements and schedule in the EU Products sold in 2005 will contain some RoHS compliant FRUs The following statement pertains to these products and any product Lenovo produces containing RoHS compliant parts RoHS compliant ThinkCentre parts have unique FRU part numbers Before or after June 2006 failed ROHS complian
117. CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action You suspect a software 1 To determine whether the problem is caused by the software make sure that problem e The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software For memory requirements see the information that comes with the software If you have just installed an adapter or memory the server might have a memory address conflict e The software is designed to operate on the server e Other software works on the server e The software works on another server 2 If you receive any error messages while you use the software see the information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and suggested solutions to the problem 3 Contact the software vendor Universal Serial Bus USB port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service techni
118. Chapter 5 Diagnostics 61 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician SSL data in the IMM configuration Error There is a problem with the 14 Make sure that the certificate data is invalid Clearing configuration certificate that has been that you are importing is data region and disabling SSL H25 imported into the IMM The correct imported certificate must i m contain a public key that 2 Try to import the certificate corresponds to the key pair again that was previously generated through the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link Flash of 1 from 2 succeeded for Info A user has successfully No action information only user 3 updated one of the following 1 CIM_ManagedElement firmware components emer Ei e IMM main application 62 Web or LegacyCLI 3 user ID IMM boot ROM e Server firmware e Diagnostics e Integrated service processor Flash of 1 from 2 failed for user Info An attempt to update a Try to update the firmware again 3 fir
119. Close the microprocessor bracket frame and hold it down then close the microprocessor retention latch and lock it securely in place 222 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Microprocessor release latch Microprocessor bracket frame Microprocessor ju ro 6 Install a heat sink on the microprocessor Attention Do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink or set down the heat sink after you remove the plastic cover Touching the thermal grease will contaminate it If the thermal grease is contaminated call Lenovo service to request a replacement thermal grease kit For information about installing the replacement thermal grease see Thermal grease on page 226 226 ill ti EL p Thermal grease A Heat sink a Make sure that the heat sink release lever is in the fully open position b Remove the plastic protective cover from the bottom of the heat sink if one is installed c Position the heat sink above the microprocessor with the thermal grease side down Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 223 Heat sink flange Microprocessor Release level locking tab Retainer bracket Alignment tab Heat sink release level Notch Jot aloft Attention The heat sink is keyed to the retention module Make sure that the notch on the heat sink fits over the alignment t
120. D CPU LED and this LED are lit when POST detects a microprocessor mismatch Remove and install two microprocessors of the same cache size type and clock speed The system error LED MEM LED and this LED are lit when POST detects an invalid memory configuration Remove and install supported DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page The system error LED VRM LED and this LED are lit when POST detects a missing VRM Install a VRM for microprocessor 2 see Installing a voltage regulator module on page 180 Check the system error log for information indicating incompatible components Chapter 5 Diagnostics 81 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action VRM A VRM has failed 1 Check the system event log to determine the reason for the lit LED for a VRM 2 Determine whether the CNFG LED is also lit If the CNFG LED is lit the memory configuration is
121. D panel Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 106 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU service technician If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 903 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Failed The IMM 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the indicates a power source You must disconnect the system failure in the host bus Bus 2 10 ql 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the pow
122. Ds Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove the adapter from slot n Replace the PCle adapter Replace extender card n n PCI slot number 54 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU trained service technician A PCI SERR has occurred on system Error 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName A PCI SERR has occurred Sensor PCI Slot n n PCI slot number Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a 5 6 n PCI slot number Check the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels o
123. GBM models CTO All Models 26K7345 KEYLOCK ALIKE models CTO All Models 26K7363 KEYLOCK RANDOM models CTO All Models 26K7364 PWR 5 LED models CTO All Models 46C6707 Thermal Grease models CTO All Models 41Y9292 SAS Backplate models CTO All Models 43V7070 Fan Cage Card models CTO All Models 46D1384 PLANAR TRAY models CTO All Models 46D1390 SATA Opt Power models CTO All Models 46D1393 Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 241 Table 15 Parts listing Type 3821 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number Chassis models CTO All Models 46D1408 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Top Side cover models CTO All Models 46D1411 ALCOHOL WIPE models CTO All Models 59P4739 Bottom Cover TD200 x Rack models CTO All Models 46C6704 Keyboard USEng103P models CTO 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models CTO 41U3013 LSI MR10M SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43VV4341 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter PCle 39Y6070 models CTO NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter 4207182 models CTO QLogic 10Gb CNA models CTO 4201802 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Qlogic 10Gb SFP SR Optical Transce models CTO 4201816 Service Label models CTO All Models 46U2443
124. Hardvvare Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 901 xxx CPU CPU Stress Failed Test failure 1 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to Test recover from a hung state 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 5 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor 9 If
125. LED is lit it indicates that information about a suboptimal condition in the server is available in the system event log e If the system error LED is lit it indicates that an error has occurred go to step 2 on page 77 The following illustration shows the operator information panel LEDs that are visible through the bezel po qe o Ti EOERENMONERIES am nan oF i i ESS System power on LED Hard disk drive activity LED System locator LED System information LED System error LED jn ats ro The following table lists the operator information panel LEDs the problems that they indicate and actions to solve the problems 76 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapier 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LEDs with the system error or information LED also lit Description System
126. Legacy Video on Boot Select this choice to force INT video support if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards Rehook INT 19h Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of the boot process The default is Disable Legacy Thunk Support Select this choice to enable or disable the UEFI to interact with PCI mass storage devices that are not UEFl compliant Integrated Management Module Select this choice to view or change the settings for the integrated management module POST Watchdog Timer Select this choice to view or enable the POST watchdog timer POST Watchdog Timer Value Select this choice to view or set the POST loader watchdog timer value Reboot System on NMI Enable or disable restarting the system whenever a nonmaskable interrupt NMI occurs Enabled is the default Commands on USB Interface Preference Select this choice to enable or disable the Ethernet over USB interface on IMM Chapter 9 Configuring the server 253 Network Configuration Select this choice to view the system management network interface port the IMM MAC address the current IMM IP address and host name define the static IMM IP address subnet mask and gateway address specify whether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM IP address save the network changes Reset IMM to Defaults Select this choice to view or reset IMM to the default settings A
127. Locate the voltage regulator module next to microprocessor 2 Open the retaining clips on each end of the VRM connector Pull the VRM out of the connector If you are instructed to return the VRM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 179 Installing a voltage regulator module oo Microprocessor 2 VRM Heat sink 2 VRM connector To install a voltage regulator module do the following i 5 6 T 8 Locate the VRM connector on the system board next to the heat sink for microprocessor 2 see System board internal connectors on page 131 Open the retaining clips on each end of the VRM connector Turn the VRM so that the keys align with the connector Insert the VRM into the connector by aligning the edges of the VRM with the slots at the end of the VRM connector Firmly press the VRM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the VRM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the VRM is seated in the connector Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see Closing the power supply cage on page 160 Install the hot swap power supply or power supplies see l Installing redundant power supply and fans on page 177
128. Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non recommended modification of the product including the fitting of non Lenovo option cards This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22 European Standard EN 55022 The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Germany Class A compliance statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis Hinweis f r Ger te der Klasse A EU Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Vertr glichkeit Appendix B Notices 285 Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit in den EU Mitgliedsstaaten und halt die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein Um dieses sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handbtichern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben Des Weiteren d rfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden Lenovo Ubernimmt keine Verantwortung fur die Ei
129. NaCHOCTU Pred in tal ciou tohto zariadenia si pe taje Bezpe nostn predpisy Pred namestitvijo tega proizvoda preberite Varnostne informacije Antes de instalar este producto lea la informaci n de seguridad L s s kerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den h r produkten Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 Guidelines for trained service technicians This section contains information for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in a Lenovo product that you are working on Each Lenovo product as it was designed and manufactured has required safety items to protect users and service technicians from injury The information in this section addresses only those items Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by non Lenovo alterations or attachment of non Lenovo features or options that are not addressed in this section If you identify an unsafe condition you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you work on the product Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present e Electrical hazards especially primary power Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock e Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging capacitor e Mechanical hazards such as loo
130. O 8 System board TD200x Planar models CTO 41U 41S 41Y 46D1406 41G 41M 41A 41Q 41T 41H 41R 41E 42U 42S 42Y 42G 42M 42A 42Q 42T 42H 42R 42E 43U 43S 43Y 43G 43M 43A 43Q 43T 43H 43R 43E 9 VRM models CTO All Models 39Y7395 10 Power Supply Cage models CTO All Models 39Y7389 11 Power supply 920W Power Supply models CTO All 39Y7387 Models 12 Power Supply Filler models CTO All Models 39Y7391 14 USB Lightpath bracket models CTO All Models 46D1385 15 Half High SATA DVD ROM models CTO 43W8466 15 Half High SATA Multi Burner models CTO 41U 41S 41Y 43W8467 41G 41M 41A 41Q 41T 41H 41R 41E 42U 42S 42Y 42G 42M 42A 42Q 42T 42H 42R 42E 43G 43M 43A 43Q 43T 43H 43R 43E 16 TD200x Bezel FRU models CTO All Models 46U2424 17 EMC Shield 4 x 3 5 models CTO All Models 46D1402 18 EMC Shield Kit models CTO All Models 46C6706 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO All Models 20 2 5 HDD CAGE models CTO All Models 46D1405 21 Backplane models CTO All Models 49Y 4462 22 Fan 120mm models CTO All Models 44E4563 23 HS 120x38 Fan harness models CTO All Models 46D1394 24 LSI MR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 41U 41S 43W4297 41Y 41G 41M 41A 41Q 41T 41H 41R 41E 42U 42S 42Y 42G 42M 42
131. O All Models 46D1393 Chassis models CTO All Models 46D1408 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Top Side cover models CTO All Models 46D1411 ALCOHOL WIPE models CTO All Models 59P4739 Bottom Cover TD200 x Rack models CTO All Models 46C6704 Keyboard USEng103P models CTO 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models CTO 41U3013 LSI MR10M SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43VV4341 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter PCle 39Y6070 models CTO NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter 42C7182 models CTO QLogic 10Gb CNA models CTO 42C 1802 Hot Swap Fan Cage models CTO All Models 46D1410 Qlogic 10Gb SFP SR Optical Transce models CTO 4201816 Service Label models CTO All Models 46U2443 LSI Raid battery models CTO 43W4301 244 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 17 Parts listing Type 3823 CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 1 Side Cover models CTO All Models 46D1389 2 Retention Module models CTO All Models 46D1397 3 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46D1409 4 CPU Heat sink models CTO All Models 46D1407 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 66GHz 6 4GTS 8MB QC 95w 46D1264 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 4GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1266 models CTO 5 Micr
132. S LE Po BORRECD FHORBY ECASCHAC REU B BRRORRE NE ROS E ME PEE S Slik EZI e F FERE RMI LC GE CEU TERRI IC SU SP ELS DP L lt I ERREUR BIC CRIA REU FR IRRIES E DD ARR ME L TAREE BERZEIRIE IS DE Eli HB EBIBORPI RRRUICTE o T BE LC EEL Battery return program This product may contain a lithium or lithium ion battery Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly Recycling facilities may not be available in your area For information on disposal or batteries outside the United States go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment or contact your local waste disposal facility For Taiwan Please recycle batteries Ce us Ke Sey DAL For the European Union Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2006 66 EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive Les batteries ou emballages pour batteries sont tiquet s conform ment aux directives europ ennes 2006 66 EC norme relative aux batteries e
133. Setup Utility menu choices 252 starting 252 using 252 size 18 slots 18 SMP 17 software problems 75 SP LED 83 specifications 17 stabilizing feet turning 162 Standby mode 147 start here troubleshooting procedures 21 starting backup server firmware 268 LSI Configuration Utility 260 Setup Utility 252 support Web site 275 switch block 6 switches 134 144 switches 144 symmetric multiprocessing 17 system event log 38 system board external connectors 133 146 installing 232 internal connectors 131 141 144 jumpers and switches 144 LED 79 LEDs 135 145 removing 231 system board error LED 86 137 system event log 27 systems management 15 17 systems management connector 131 T tape drive removing 189 test 117 TEMP LED 78 temperature 18 test log viewing 91 tests hard disk drive diagnostic 66 thermal grease 226 tools diagnostic 27 trademarks 280 troubleshooting procedures 25 starthere 21 troubleshooting tables 64 turning stabilizing feet 162 turning off the server 148 Index 293 turning on the server 147 TUV gloss statement 284 U UEFI update failure 122 undetermined problems 124 undocumented problems 25 United States electronic emission Class A notice 284 United States FCC Class A notice 284 Universal Serial Bus USB problems 75 updating server configuration 251 updating firmware 267 updating the server configuration 234 USB port problems 75 USB cable and EasyLED panel installing 194 removing 193
134. State Description Action 215 802 xxx Optical Drive Verify Aborted The media tray Close the media tray and wait 15 seconds Media is open E 2 Run the test again Installed I Insert a new CD DVD into the drive and wait Read for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized Write Test Run the test again e Self Test i i 5 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose Messages or broken connections or damage to the cable and actions Replace the cable if it is damaged apply to all 6 Run the test again three tests 7 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 8 Run the test again 9 Replace the CD DVD drive 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 803 XXX Optical Drive Verify Failed The disc might 4 wait for the system activity to stop Media Da N Uee oy 2 Run the test again Installed the system f 3 3 Turn off and restart the system Read Write Test 4 Run the test again Self Test 5 Replace the CD DVD drive 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site Messages for more troubleshooting information at and actions http www lenovo com support apply to all three tests 215 901 xxx Optical Drive Verity Aborted Drive media is 14 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media not detected media and wait for 15 seconds Installed Run the test again Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends fo
135. Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 12 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 59 13 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the operator information panel assembly 2 Release latch Control panel assembly To remove the operator information panel assembly complete the following steps 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on age 157 Open the bezel see Opening the bezel on page 150 Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening thel power supply cage on page 159 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the fan cage assembly see l Removing the fan cage assembly on page 171 Disconnect the operator information panel assembly cable from the system board see l System board internal connectors on page 131 Locate the operator information panel assembly release latch just above the DVD drive N Chapter 7 Installing optional d
136. USB connectors 130 USB or SATA tape drive 190 using boot selection menu program 258 EasyStartup 263 LSI Configuration Utility 259 remote presence feature 269 Setup Utility 252 V video problems 70 video connector 131 viewing event logs 28 voltage regulator module installing 180 removing 179 VRM failure LED 86 137 installation 224 installing 180 LED 82 removing 179 W Web interface logging on to 270 obtaining IP address 269 Web site Lenovo support 23 24 25 28 220 237 266 267 support 275 weight 18 294 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual lenovo Part Number XXXXXX Printed in USA 1P P N XXXXXX
137. VD ROM models CTO 43W8466 15 Half High SATA Multi Burner models CTO 43W8467 16 TD200x Bezel FRU models CTO All Models 46U2424 17 EMC Shield 4 x 3 5 models CTO All Models 46D1402 18 EMC Shield Kit models CTO All Models 46C6706 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO All Models 20 2 5 HDD CAGE models CTO All Models 46D1405 21 Backplane models CTO All Models 49Y 4462 22 Fan 120mm models CTO All Models 44E4563 23 HS 120x38 Fan harness models CTO All Models 46D1394 24 LSI MR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43W4297 25 LSI BR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 44E8690 26 LSI MR10is VAULT SAS SATA Controller models CTO 44E8696 FOOT STATIONARY GBM models CTO All Models 13N2985 Cable 24 SATA Cable models CTO All Models 25R5635 Cable USB Cable models CTO All Models 39Y9790 Cable Easy LED Cable models CTO All Models 46D1395 Cable Pure Power Cable models CTO All Models 46D1400 Cable Backplane Configuration Cable models CTO All 46D1401 Models Cable SAS 710mm Cable models CTO All Models 46M6498 Cable Simple Swap SATA Signal Power Cable models 49Y4514 CTO All Models Cable CONTROL PANEL PWR 5 LED Cable models 41Y9080 CTO All Models SYSTEM FEET
138. ab on the retention module d Align the notch on the heat sink with the alignment tab on the retainer module e Slide the rear flange of the heat sink into the opening in the retainer bracket f Press down firmly on the front of the heat sink until it is seated securely g Rotate the heat sink release lever to the closed position and hook it underneath the locking tab 7 If you are installing microprocessor 2 install a VRM in the connector next to microprocessor socket 2 see System board internal connectors on page 131 for the VRM connector location Note A VRM must be installed for microprocessor 2 The server will not start if microprocessor 2 is installed without a VRM a Open the retaining clips on each end of the VRM connector b Turn the VRM so that the keys align with the connector c Insert the VRM into the connector by aligning the edges of the VRM with the slots at the end of the VRM connector Firmly press the VRM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the VRM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the VRM is seated in the connector 8 Install the air baffle see Installing the air baffle on page 170 224 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 9 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see Closing the power supply cage on page 160 10 Install the power supplies s
139. able lists the DIMM connectors on each memory channel Table 12 Connectors on each memory channel Memory channel DIMM connectors Channel 0 1 2 3 9 10 11 Channel 1 4 5 6 12 13 14 Channel 2 not used in memory mirroring 7 8 15 16 The following illustration shows the memory connector layout that is associated with each microprocessor For example DIMM connectors 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 and 16 DIMM connectors are shown underneath the boxes are associated with microprocessor 2 socket CPU2 and DIMM connectors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 are associated with microprocessor 1 socket CPU1 The numbers within the boxes indicate the installation sequence of the DIMM pairs For example the first DIMM pair indicated within the boxes by ones 1 should be installed in DIMM connectors 3 and 6 which are associated with microprocessor 1 CPU1 Note You can install DIMMs for microprocessor 2 as soon as you install microprocessor 2 you do not have to wait until all of the DIMM connectors for microprocessor 1 are filled Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 213 i LL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 2 Memory connectors associated with each microprocessor CPU 1 2 CPU 2 The following table lists the installation sequence for installing DIMMs in memory mirroring mode Table 13 Memory mirroring m
140. acket Removing an adapter Installing an adapter Removing the DVD drive Installing a DVD optical drive Removing an optional tape drive Installing a USB or SATA tape drive Removing the USB cable and EasyLED panel Installing the USB cable and EasyLED panel Removing a 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive Installing a 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive Removing a 2 5 inch disk drive backplane Installing a 2 5 inch disk drive backplane Removing the 2 5 inch disk drive cage Installing the 2 5 inch disk drive cage 2 4 Removing the operator information panel assembly Installing the operator information panel assembly Removing an extender card Installing an extender card Removing a memory module Installing a memory module Independent channel mode Memory mirroring mode Removing a hot swap fan Installing a hot swap fan i Removing a microprocessor and heat sink Installing a microprocessor and heat sink Thermal grease Removing a heat sink retention module Installing a heat sink retention module Removing a microprocessor retention module Installing a microprocessor retention module Removing the system board Installing the system board Completing the installation Connecting the cables Updating the server configuration Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine oes 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 om RO US dua dE er 4 Power cords Chapter 9 Configuring the server Using the Setup Utility Star
141. additional cabling instructions see the documentation that comes with the optional devices It might be easier for you to route any cables before you install certain optional devices 3 Cable identifiers are printed on the cables that come with the server and optional devices Use these identifiers to connect the cables to the correct connectors For example the hard disk drive cables are labeled HDD option The following illustration shows the locations of the input and output connectors on the rear of the server h fei DEH E h I el le i 4 el ae 4 USB 1 Power error LED 2 USB 2 BE dc power LED USB 3 g ac power LED 4 USB 4 Video BE Ethernet 10 100 1000 Serial 1 COM 1 g Power cord connector Systems management Updating the server configuration When you start the server for the first time after you add or remove a device you might receive a message that the configuration has changed The Setup Utility starts automatically so that you can save the new configuration settings For more information see C
142. age assembly Fan cage assembly release buttons To remove the fan cage assembly do the following 1 2 10 11 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the side cover facing up Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 Remove the hot swap power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see l Opening the power supply cage on page 158 If any full length PCI adapters are installed remove them see Removing an adapter on page 184 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Press the fan cage release latches on each side of the fan cage toward the sides of the server The fan cage will lift up slightly when the release latches are fully open Grasp the fan cage assembly and lift it out of the server If you are instructed to return the fan cage assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to OU lt Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 171 Installing the fan cage assembly Fan cage assembly 2 Fan cage assembly relea
143. agement optional features that are in use These levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to the procedures that are specified by the American National Standards Institute ANSI 12 10 and ISO 7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296 Actual sound pressure levels in a given location might exceed the average stated values because of room reflections and other nearby noise sources The declared sound power levels indicate an upper limit below which a large number of computers will operate Software Lenovo provides software to help get your server up and running 18 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual EasyStartup EasyManage The ThinkServer EasyStartup program simplifies the process of your RAID controller and installing supported Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems and device drivers on your server The EasyStartup program is provided with your server on DVD The DVD is self starting bootable The user guide for the EasyStartup program is on the DVD and can be accessed directly from the program interface For additional information see Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD on page 263 The ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server provides centralized hardware and software inventory management and secure automated system management through a centralized console The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent enables other clients on the network
144. agnostics LEDs see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 2 Remove the software or device that you just added 3 Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly 4 Reinstall the new software or new device DVD drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The DVD drive is not 1 Make sure that recognized e The SATA channel to which the DVD drive is attached primary or secondary is enabled in the Setup utility e All cables and jumpers are installed correctly e The signal cable and connector are not damaged and the connector pins are not bent e The correct device driver is installed for the DVD drive 2 Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs 3 Reseat the following components a DVD drive b DVD drive cables 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DVD drive b DVD drive and cables c Trained service technician only System board A DVD is no
145. ake as a result of a message or error code see the table in Diagnostic messages on page 91 Running the diagnostic programs To run the diagnostic programs complete the following steps 1 If the server is running turn off the server and all attached devices 2 Turn on all attached devices then turn on the server 3 When the prompt Press F2 for Dynamic System Analysis DSA is displayed press F2 Note The DSA Preboot diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive for an unusual length of time when you start the program This is normal operation while the program loads 4 Optionally select Quit to DSA to exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic program Note After you exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic environment you must restart the server to access the stand alone memory diagnostic environment again 5 Select gui to display the graphical user interface or select cmd to display the DSA interactive menu 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to select the diagnostic test to run If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server operations a software error might be the cause If you suspect a software problem see the information that comes with your software A single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time yo
146. al Lenovo representative Compliance with Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Meets requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances In Electrical and Electronic Equipment EEE Turkiye EEE Yonetmeligine Uygunluk Beyani Bu Lenovo r n T C evre ve Orman Bakanl n n Elektrik ve Elektronik Esyalarda Bazi Zararli Maddelerin Kullan m n n Sinirlandirilmasina Dair Y netmelik EEE direktiflerine uygundur EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur Recycling statements for Japan AROUTL 7IVCELT RHE EIS E 38 OR UV YH 7 VIC DT ROGER ARDRR A CIU RRENDAN PERE ORRZE EKU BRARMCCC ME ESE 3 SRMSHSSI KAPRO RokERRRMUBRE CEE ME DES UE GUIA IS Eh FAC SARA ABEL CE DE EE MN VA VORINS CUBA BE RI 2433 PC ERIH VIU HER SHHLTOES GEC TI MAFOURLIEV P PRLUT GC FE Ve http www ibm com jp pc service recycle pcrecycle Efe RCR UV RE CIRE ME Go deINVAvVOX BH SIc X SEXE EE R16 2003 10 A1 A RUA PLE Le MOOT WFO URL IE P PV BRUT LEEW http www ibm com jp pc service recycle personal 282 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual BSB es GAMO BE ME OWT RRBOT VY PER SIC MEOE SRA E DMEBENTHES A BEERE OD Lid ARE Teld E 3 ORNI 1 7 VIC DO OTI lefts TBEREL TC CREEL YF ULBUREO RRB OWT Fik REVBOVFILBEMDVYAT Ls K FECRYITFSNTUH EF COR RRI Sa CIA GR EM REUTERS ci IC
147. an operating system is installed Table 23 RAID utilities RAID configuration Where to find more utility Description Location information EasyStartup RAID For use with all EasyStartup DVD F 3 gt D S K configuration utility factory supported RAID controllers EasyStartup DVD on e Automatically page 263 detects hardware and lists all supported RAID configurations e Configures one disk array per controller using all drives currently attached to the controller e Created a RAID response file that can be used to configure RAID controllers on similarly configured Lenovo servers MegaRAID BIOS For In system firmware _ Using the WebBIOS Configuration Utility ServeRAID MR10i To access utility on page 261 VVebBIOS controller e Use UEFI Setup Utility ServeRAID MR10is Press Ctrl H at controller the WebBIOS prompt during ServeRAID MR10m startup controller 258 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 23 RAID utilities continued RAID configuration Where to find more utility Description Location information LSI Logic MPT Setup For In system firmware _ Using the LSI Utility e ServeRAID BR10i To access Configuration Utility controller e Use UEFI Setup e ServeRAID BR10ie Utility controller e Press Ctrl C at the LSI prompt during startup Using the LSI Configuration Util
148. an use to view the event logs depending on the condition of the server The first two conditions generally do not require that you restart the server 28 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 2 Methods for viewing event logs Condition Action The server is not hung and is connected to a network Use any of the following methods e Run Portable or Installable DSA to view the event logs or create an output file that you can send to Lenovo service and support e Type the IP address of the IMM and go to the Event Log page e Use IPMItool to view the system event log The server is not hung and is not connected to a network Use IPMItool locally to view the system event log The server is hung e If DSA Preboot is installed restart the server and press F2 to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs e If DSA Preboot is not installed insert the DSA Preboot CD and restart the server to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs Alternatively you can restart the server and press F1 to start the Setup utility and view the POST event log or system event Chapter 5 Diagnostics 29 POST error codes When you turn on the server it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server components and some optional devices in the server This series of tests is called the power on self test or POST If a power on password is set
149. and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up 4 Unlock and remove the left side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 5 Remove the hot swap power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power suppiy on page 174 6 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position seel Opening thel 7 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 8 Locate the DIMM connectors on the system board see l System board internal connectors on page 131 Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors handle the clips gently 9 Move the DIMM retaining clips on the side of the DIMM connector to the open position by pressing the retaining clips away from the center of the DIMM connector 10 Using your fingers lift the DIMM out of the DIMM connector 11 If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 210 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing a memory module The following notes describe the types of dual inline memory modules DIMMs that your server supports and other information that you must consider when you install DIMMs
150. are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Trained service technician only Remove the PCI adapter and microprocessor 1 Reinstall the microprocessor in socket 1 and restart the server Restart the server Reinstall each device one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained service technician only Replace the system board Sensor Pwr Rail B Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Trained service technician only Remove the PCI adapter and microprocessor 2 Restart the server Reinstall each device one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 47 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which c
151. assembly on page 172 Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see l Closing the power supply cage on page 160 Install the hot swap power supply or power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 Install the bezel see l Installing the bezel on page 154 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing a 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive eleji FELLES WA YELM Filler panel Hard disk drive assembly Release latch Drive handle To remove a hot swap hard disk drive do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on Open the bezel seel Opening the bezel on page 150 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 195 3 Press down on the release latch to open the drive handle then pull the drive out of the d
152. at the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the failing DIMMs Run the test again Replace the failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 202 801 xxx Memory Memory Stress Test Aborted Internal program error Turn off and restart the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the memory diagnostics to identify the specific failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http Awww lenovo com support 113 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which
153. b Retainer bracket Alignment tab Heat sink release level Notch 9 Lift the microprocessor release latch to the fully open position approximately 135 angle then lift the bracket frame and remove the microprocessor from the socket Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 219 11 Microprocessor release latch Microprocessor bracket frame Microprocessor If you are removing microprocessor 2 remove the voltage regulator module VRM from the connector next to microprocessor socket 2 a Open the retaining clips on each end of the VRM connector b Pull the VRM out of the connector If you are instructed to return the microprocessor follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a microprocessor and heat sink Th an e following notes describe the types of microprocessor that the server supports d other information that you must consider when you install a microprocessor The server supports certain Intel Xeon scalable multi core microprocessors which are designed for the LGA 1366 socket These microprocessors are 64 bit hinkserver for a list of supported microprocessors dual core or quad core microprocessors with an integrated memory controller quick path interconnect and shared last cache See http www lenovo com fhinkserver The server supports up to two microprocessors If the server comes w
154. button is not pressed 2 Replace the operator information panel cable 3 Replace the operator information panel A bus timeout has occurred on Error A bus timeout has occurred 41 Remove the adapter from the system 1 PCI slot that is indicated by a 1 CIM_ComputerSystem lit LED ElememName 2 Replace the extender card 3 Remove all PCI adapters 4 Trained service technicians only Replace the system board A software NMI has occurred on Error A software NMI has Check the device driver system 1 occurred P F 1 CIM_ComputerSystem 2 Reinstall the device driver ElementName The System 1 encountered a Error A POST error has occurred 41 Recover the server firmware POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Sensor ABR Status from the backup page see update failure on page 122 2 Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Chapter 5 Diagnostics 43 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replac
155. ce microprocessor n n microprocessor number Sensor CPU nOverTemp has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Make sure that the fans are transitioned to non recoverable Nonrecoverable state operating that there are no n microprocessor number obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor nis installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number 42 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A diagnostic interrupt has occurred Error An operator information If the NMI button on the system on system 1 panel NMI diagnostic board has not been pressed 1 CIM_ComputerSystem interrupt has occurred complete the following steps ElementName 1 Make sure that the NMI
156. ce technician Hot swap power supply 2 Release latch To install a hot swap power supply do the following 1 Read the safety information Chapter 2 Safety information on page 5 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the power supply to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the power supply from the package 3 Remove the power supply filler panel from the power bay if one is installed 4 Place the power supply into the power supply cage and push it in until it locks into place Note If only one hot swap power supply is installed in the server a power supply filler must be installed in the empty power bay 176 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 5 Connect one end of the power cord for the new power supply into the connector on the back of the power supply then connect the other end of the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet Note If the server has been turned off you must wait approximately 3 minutes after you connect the server power cord to an electrical outlet before the
157. cessor and heat sink on 2 Trained service technician Reseat the failing microprocessor a Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 136 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action CPU 2 error LED Microprocessor 2 has failed is missing or has been incorrectly installed Note Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessors are installed in the correct sequence see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on 1 Check the system event log to determine the reason for the lit LED 2 Find the failing missing or mismatched microprocessor by checking the LEDs on the system board 3 Trained service technician Reseat the failing microprocessor 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board CPU mismatch LED A
158. cessor bracket frame 3 Open the microprocessor bracket frame and remove the microprocessor filler if one is installed Attention a Do not touch the microprocessor contacts handle the microprocessor by the edges only Contaminants on the microprocessor contacts such as oil from your skin can cause connection failures between the contacts and the socket b Handle the microprocessor carefully Dropping the microprocessor during installation or removal can damage the contacts c Do not use excessive force when you press the microprocessor into the socket d Make sure that the microprocessor is oriented aligned and positioned in the socket before you try to close the lever 4 Install the microprocessor a Touch the static protective package that contains the microprocessor to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the microprocessor from the package b Remove the protective cover tape or label from the surface of the microprocessor socket if any is present c Align the microprocessor with the socket The microprocessor has two notches that are keyed to two tabs on the sides of the socket A triangle shaped indicator on one corner of the microprocessor points to a 45 degree angle on one corner of the socket d Carefully place the microprocessor into the socket Do not use excessive force when you press the microprocessor into the socket Note The microprocessor fits only one way on the socket 5
159. cian Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 802 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped the test cannot be completed for an unknown reason Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 803 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped the node is busy try later Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see
160. cian Symptom Action A USB device does not work 1 Run USB diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 90 2 Make sure that e The correct USB device driver is installed e The operating system supports USB devices e A standard PS 2 keyboard or mouse is not connected to the server If it is a USB keyboard or mouse will not work during POST 3 Make sure that the USB configuration optional devices are set correctly in the Setup utility see Setup Utility menu choices on page 252lfor more information 4 If you are using a USB hub disconnect the USB device from the hub and connect it directly to the server Chapter 5 Diagnostics 75 EasyLED diagnostics EasyLED diagnostics is a system of LEDs on various external and internal components of the server When an error occurs LEDs are lit throughout the server By viewing the LEDs in a particular order you can often identify the source of the error When LEDs are lit to indicate an error they remain lit when the server is turned off provided that the server is still connected to power and the power supply is operating correctly Before you work inside the server to view the EasyLED diagnostics LEDs read the safety information that begins on page If an error occurs view the EasyLED diagnostics LEDs in the following order 1 Look at the operator information panel LEDs on the front of the server e If an operator information panel
161. ct the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 104 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU service technician If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 824 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped cannot execute the command 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the sy
162. ction for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 98 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 812 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C Test stopped a parameter is out of range 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD secti
163. ctors and jumpers on page 140 Check the LEDs on all the power supplies see Power supply LEDs on page 88 If the LEDs indicate that the power supplies are working correctly complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Make sure that the server is cabled correctly 3 Remove or disconnect the following devices one at a time until you find the failure Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time e Any external devices e Surge suppressor device on the server e Modem printer mouse and non Lenovo devices e Each adapter e Hard disk drives e Memory modules The minimum configuration requirement is 1 GB DIMM per microprocessor 2 GB in a two microprocessor configuration The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start e One microprocessor e One 1 GB DIMM e One power supply e Power cord e ServeRAID SAS adapter e System board assembly 124 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 4 Turn on the server If the problem remains suspect the following components in the following order Power supply Power supply cage Memory Microprocessor System board pooorDp If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter suspect the adapter if the problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one suspect the system board or extender card If yo
164. d SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor CPU nOverTemp has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Make sure that the fans are transitioned to non recoverable from Nonrecoverable state from a operating that there are no a less severe state less severe state obstructions to the airflow n microprocessor number that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Sensor CPU nOverTemp has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Make sure that the fans are transitioned to critical from a Critical state from operating that there are no non recoverable state Nonrecoverable state obstructions to the airflow n microprocessor number that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor nis installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Repla
165. d replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom The server emits a continuous beep during POST indicating that the startup boot microprocessor is not working correctly Action 1 Correct any errors that are indicated by the EasyLED diagnostics LEDs see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 Make sure that the server supports all the microprocessors and that the microprocessors match in speed and cache size Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 1 Trained service technician only If there is no indication of which microprocessor has failed isolate the error by testing with one microprocessor at a time Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 b VRM 2 c Trained service technician only System board Trained service technician only If multiple error codes or EasyLED diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error reverse the locations of two microprocessors to determine whether the error is associated with a microprocessor or with a microprocessor socket e If the error is associated with a microprocessor replace the microprocessor e If the error is associated with a VRM replace the VRM e If the error is associated with a microprocessor
166. d disk drive The Drive n Status has been removed from unit Drive 0 Status n hard disk drive number The Drive n Status has been disabled due to a detected fault n hard disk drive number Error Error A drive has been removed A drive has been disabled because of a fault Reseat hard disk drive n n hard disk drive number 1 Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n 2 Reseat the following components a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane c Hard disk drive backplane n hard disk drive number Array 1 is in critical condition 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error An array is in Critical state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED Array 1 has failed 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error An array is in Failed state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED Chapter 5 Diagnostics 51 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine
167. d in this document a Go to http Awww lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c Select Servers and Storage from the Brand list d From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue e Click System TD200x to display the list of downloadable files for the server b Check for and correct an incorrect configuration If the server is incorrectly configured a system function can fail to work when you enable it if you make an incorrect change to the server configuration a system function that has been enabled can stop working 1 Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported See http www lenovo com thinkserver to verify that the server supports the installed operating system optional devices and software levels If any hardware or software component is not supported uninstall it to determine whether it is causing the problem You must remove nonsupported hardware before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for support 2 Make sure that the server operating system and software are installed and configured correctly Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables or incorrectly seated adapters You might be able to solve the problem by turning off the server reconnecting cables reseating adapters and turning the server back on For inf
168. d in this document 1 Go to http Awww lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue 4 Select the operating system that you want from the Operating system list and click Continue 5 Click Operating system installation to download instructions to install the operating system Enabling the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program The Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program is part of the server firmware You can use it to configure the network as a startable device and you can customize where the network startup option appears in the startup sequence Enable and disable the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program from the Setup Utility To enable the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program do the following 1 From the Setup Utility main menu select Devices and I O Ports and press Enter Select Enable Disable onboard devices and press Enter Select Ethernet and press Enter Select Enable and press Enter Exit to the main menu and select Save Settings aR oN Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller The Ethernet controllers are integrated on the system board They provide an interface for connecting to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1 Gbps network and provide full duplex FDX capability which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on
169. d service technician A PCI SERR has occurred on system Error A PCI SERR has occurred Check the extender card 1 Sensor One of PCI Err LEDs 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 2 Reseat the affected adapters and extender card 3 Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCle adapter Replace the extender card NO On B Trained service technician only Replace the system board Fault in slot System board on system Error 1 Check the extender card Ht LEDs 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 2 Reseat the affected adapters and extender card 3 Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCle adapter Replace the extender card No o BR Trained service technician only Replace the system board 56 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Foll
170. dapters and UEFI Drivers Select this choice to view information about the adapters and drivers in the server that are compliant with UEFI 1 10 and UEFI 2 0 e Network Select this choice to view or configure the network options such as the iSCSI PXE and network devices There might be additional configuration choices for optional network devices that are compliant with UEFI 2 1 and later e Date and Time Select this choice to set the date and time in the server in 24 hour format hour minute second This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only e Start Options Select this choice to view or boot to devices including the startup sequence This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only e Boot Manager Select this choice to view add delete or change the device boot priority boot from a file select a one time boot or reset the boot order to the default setting If the server has Wake on LAN hardware and software and the operating system supports Wake on LAN functions you can specify a startup sequence for the WAKE on LAN functions For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for media in a CD RW DVD drive then checks the hard disk drive and then the network adapter e System Event Logs Select this choice to enter the System Event Manager where you can view the error messages in the system event logs You can use the arrow keys to move between pages in the error log The system event logs contain all
171. dentical in size type rank single dual or quad and organization They do not have to be identical in speed The channels run at the speed of the slowest DIMM in any of the channels SeelTable 13 on page 214 for the DIMM connectors that are in each pair e Channel 2 DIMM connectors 7 8 15 and 16 are not used in memory mirroring mode e The maximum available memory is reduced to half of the installed memory when memory mirroring is enabled For example if you install 64 GB of memory only 32 GB of addressable memory is available when you use memory mirroring The following illustration shows the memory channel interface layout with the DIMM installation sequence for mirroring mode The numbers within the boxes indicate the DIMM population sequence in pairs within the channels and the numbers next to the boxes indicate the DIMM connectors within the channels For example the 212 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual following illustration shows that the first pair of DIMMs indicated by ones 1 inside the boxes should be installed in DIMM connector 3 on channel 0 and DIMM connector 6 on channel 1 DIMM connectors 7 8 15 and 16 on channel 2 are not used in memory mirroring mode CHO 6 i 1 2 3 CH1 cH1 6 E 5 4 cue CH2 8 7 Figure 1 Memory channel interface layout a b CPU 1 A CPU 2 QPI The following t
172. ders about storage devices and then you will be presented with the Lenovo License Agreement Read the license agreement carefully You must agree with terms in order to continue After agreeing to the license agreement you will be given the following choices e Continue to the main program interface e Use a shortcut to install an operating system based a response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program e Use a short cut to configure RAID controllers based on a RAID response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program 264 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual If you continue to the main program interface you will have the following selectable options e Compatibility notes This selection provides information about the operating systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup program e User Guide This selection provides information about the features provided by that version of the EasyStartup program e Hardware list This selection displays a list of hardware devices detected by the EasyStartup program e Configure RAID This selection enables you to view the current RAID configuration for each installed RAID controller and make changes if needed Install operating system This selection displays a series of choices and prompts to collect information required for installation prepares the hard disk for instal
173. ditions of the publication Lenovo may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration The result obtained in other operating environments may vary Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Any references in this publication to non Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and ther
174. e Release latch H Hot swap power supply Unlock and remove the left side cover Pull up on the power supply cage handle to unlock the cage then rotate the cage out until it stops The tab on the rear power supply latch bracket will click into place when the cage is completely out of the way Ol Power supply cage A Power supply cage handle 6 Let the power supply cage rest on the rear power supply latch bracket 159 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units Closing the power supply cage To return the power supply cage to its closed position do the following 1 Rotate the power supply cage back slightly then push the release tab on the rear power supply support bracket out of the way Power supply support bracket 2 Power supply release tab Attention Be sure to move the cables out of the way of the power supply cage before you start to move the cage back into the server 160 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 2 Carefully rotate the power supply cage into the server chassis The locating tabs on the power supply cage must fit over the corresponding tabs on the front latch bracket Power supply cage handle Power supply cage Power supply cage front latch bracket Locating tabs Notch Locating tabs elelee
175. e Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors on page 127 If it is flashing check the EasyLED diagnostics LEDs see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 h Check for the following results e Successful completion of POST e Successful completion of startup indicated by a readable display of the operating system desktop 3 Are there readable instructions on the main menu e No Find the failure symptom in Troubleshooting tables on page 64 if necessary see l Solving undetermined problems on page 124 e Yes Run the diagnostic programs see l Running the diagnostic programs on Page 90 If you receive an error see Diagnostic messages on page 91 If the diagnostic programs were completed successfully and you still suspect a problem see Solving undetermined problems on page 124 Diagnosing a problem Before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with your server 1 Determine what has changed 22 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Determine whether any of the following items were added removed replaced or updated before the problem occurred e Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware server firmware e Device drivers e Firmware e Hardware components e Software If possible return the server to the condition i
176. e speed and technology Memory uncorrectable error detected Error A memory uncorrectable 1 If the server failed the POST for DIMM One of the DIMMs on error has occurred memory test reseat the Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs DIMMs 2 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test 52 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU trained service technician Memory Logging Limit Reached for Error DIMM One of the DIMMs on Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a The memory logging limit has been reached 1 Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you u
177. e following 1 Trained service technician only Use the IMM recovery switch to recover the firmware see System board switches and jumpers on page 133 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 137 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action PCI slot 1 to PCI slot 8 error LEDs An error has occurred on a PCI bus or on the system board An additional LED is lit next to a failing PCI slot 1 Check the system event log for information about the error If you cannot isolate the failing adapter through the LEDs and the information in the system event log remove one adapter at a time and restart the server after each adapter is removed If the failure remains call Lenovo Service and Support for additional troubleshooting information H8 heartbeat LED Indicates the status of power on and power off sequencing If the H8 heartbeat LED is blinking at a 1 Hz rate no action is necessary Trained service technician only If the H8 heartbeat LED is not blinking replace the system board
178. e 14 Parts listing Type 3719 continued CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 19 Hard disk drive 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO All Models 20 2 5 HDD CAGE models CTO All Models 46D1405 21 Backplane models CTO All Models 49Y 4462 22 Fan 120mm models CTO All Models 44E4563 23 HS 120x38 Fan harness models CTO All Models 46D1394 24 LSI MR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43W4297 25 LSI BR 10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 45U 45S 44E8690 45Y 45G 45M 45A 45Q 45T 45H 45R 45E 26 LSI MR10is VAULT SAS SATA Controller models CTO 44E8696 FOOT STATIONARY GBM models CTO 13N2985 Cable 24 SATA Cable models CTO All Models 25R5635 Cable USB Cable models CTO All Models 39Y9790 Cable Easy LED Cable models CTO All Models 46D1395 Cable Pure Power Cable models CTO All Models 46D1400 Cable Backplane Configuration Cable models CTO All 46D1401 Models Cable SAS 710mm Cable models CTO All Models 46M6498 Cable Simple Swap SATA Signal Power Cable models 49Y4514 CTO All Models Cable CONTROL PANEL PWR 5 LED Cable models 41Y9080 CTO All Models SYSTEM FEET GBM models CTO All Models 26K7345 KEYLOCK ALIKE models CTO All Models 26K7363 KEYLOCK RANDOM models CTO All Models 26K7364 PWR 5 LED models CTO All Models 46C6707 Thermal Grease models CTO All Models 41Y9
179. e 267 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 805 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped invalid command for the given LUN Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 95 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a
180. e 38 Make sure that the airflow in the server is not blocked Make sure that the room temperature is neither too hot nor too cold see Environment in Specifications on page 17 78 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapier 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action System board BRD An error occurred on the system board ik Check the LEDs on the system board to identify the component that is causing the error The BRD LED can be lit for the following conditions e Failed or missing battery e Failed voltage regulator Check the system event log for information about the error Replace any failed or missing replaceable components such as the battery Trained service technician only If a voltage regulator has failed replace the system board PCI bus A PCI adapter has failed See the system eve
181. e Setup utility select Load Default update aborted Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818003 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default flash lock failed Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818004 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default system error Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818005 Current Bank Core Root of Trust 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Measurement CRTM capsule signature Settings and save the settings valig 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818006 Opposite bank CRTM capsule signature 1 Switch the firmware bank to the backup bank invalid 2 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 3 Switch the bank back to the current bank 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818007 CRTM update capsule signature invalid 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 37 System event log The system event log contains messages of three types Information Information messages do not require action they record significant system l
182. e battery horizontally out of its socket pushing it away from the socket b Lift and remove the battery from the socket aN 8 Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Installing the battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when you replace the battery in the server e You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the same manufacturer e After you replace the battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time e To avoid possible danger read and follow the following safety statement Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only the battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble N la Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 173 To install the replacement battery do the following 1 Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery 2 Insert the replacement battery fq a Hold the battery in a vertical orientation so that the smaller s
183. e closed position Attention Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the system board or the adapter 8 Connect any needed cables to the adapter 186 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual If you have other devices to install or remove do so now Otherwise go to Completing the installation on page 233 Removing the DVD drive To remove the DVD drive HH do the following 1 2 co og eo Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on Page 157 Disconnect the DVD drive cables from the back of the DVD drive Open the bezel seel Opening the bezel on page 150 Grasping the blue tabs on each side of the DVD drive press them inward while you pull the drive out of the sever Remove the rails from the DVD drive and save them for future use If you are instructed to return the DVD drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 187 Installing a DVD optical drive To install a DVD optical drive iJ do the following 1 2 NOs Read the safety information that begins on page 5 T
184. e is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 81 7 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped a power source You must disconnect the system command response could not be provided from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 101 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer
185. e is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurements may have been Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 279 Trademarks estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States other countries or both Lenovo Lenovo logo ThinkServer The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both IBM ServeRAID Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States other countries or both Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Red Hat the Red Hat Shadow Man logo and all Red Hat based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat Inc in the United States and other countries Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Important notes Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor other factors also affect application performance CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate Actual speeds vary and are often less than the poss
186. e order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 71 Optional device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom An optional device that was just installed does not work Action Make sure that e The device is designed for the server See http Awww lenovo com thinkserver and then click Options Open the Server Options Guide pdf e You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the device is installed correctly e You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables e You updated the configuration information in the Setup utility Whenever memory or any other device is changed you must update the configuration Reseat the device that you just installed Replace the device that you just installed An optional device that used to work does not work now Make sure that all of the hardware and cable connections for the d
187. e units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The number of serial ports that 41 Make sure that are identified by the operating e Each port is assigned a unique address in the Setup utility and none of the system is less than the number serial ports is disabled of installed serial ports e The serial port adapter if one is present is seated correctly 2 Reseat the serial port adapter 3 Replace the serial port adapter A serial device does not work 1 Make sure that e The device is compatible with the server e The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address e The device is connected to the correct connector 2 Reseat the following components a Failing serial device b Serial cable 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Failing serial device b Serial cable c Trained service technician only System board 74 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Software problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units
188. eable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error Error A POST error has occurred Sensor Firmware Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor Critical Int PCI Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board Check the system event log Check the PCI error LEDs Remove the adapter from the indicated PCI slot Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board 44 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual
189. east one installed DIMM per microprocessor The server comes with a minimum of two 1 GB DIMMs installed in connectors 3 and 6 Connector 3 in channel 0 and connector 6 in channel 1 are the farthest connectors from microprocessor 1 in those channels When you install additional DIMMs install them in the order shown in Table 11 to maintain server performance Note If you have configured the server to use memory mirroring do not use the order shown in this table go tolTable 13 on page 214 and use the installation order shown there Table 11 DIMM installation sequence for independent channel mode Installed microprocessors DIMM connector population sequence Microprocessor 1 3 6 8 2 5 7 1 4 Microprocessor 2 11 14 16 10 13 15 9 12 Memory mirroring mode Memory mirroring mode replicates and stores data on two pairs of DIMMs within two channels simultaneously If a failure occurs the memory controller switches from the primary pair of memory DIMMs to the backup pair of DIMMs You must enable memory mirroring through the Setup Utility For details about enabling memory mirroring seefUsing the Setup Utilty on page 252 When you use the memory mirroring feature consider the following information e When you use memory mirroring you must install a pair of DIMMs at a time One DIMM must be in channel 0 and the mirroring DIMM must be in the same connector in channel 1 The two DIMMs in each pair must be i
190. ected a E Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media Run the test again Clear the error log Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 264 903 000 Tape Drive Tape Drive Test Failed Media error or ON Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media Run the test again Clear the error log Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 264 904 000 Tape Drive Tape Drive Test Failed Drive hardware error aa o Check the tape drive cabling for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the tape drive cable if damage is present Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media Run the test again Clear the error log Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 117 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to de
191. ector on the system board see l Internal cable routing and connectors on page 163 for more information Reinstall the fan cage assembly Reinstall the air baffle Installing the air baffle on page 170 Reinstall or close the power supply cage Closing the power supply cage on age 160 Reinstall the power supplies Installing a hot swap power supply on page 75 Replace the left side cover then lock the side cover and bezel Reconnect the external cables and power cords 192 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual If you have other devices to install or remove do so now Otherwise go to Completing the installation on page 233 Removing the USB cable and EasyLED panel Spring clips To remove the USB cable and EasyLED panel from the server complete the following steps 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 Read the safety information that begins on page El Turn off the server and peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on age 157 Carefully lay the server down on its side Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a
192. eded Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products Information on Lenovo product recycling offerings can be found on Lenovo s Internet site at http www lenovo com lenovo environment recycling Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la normativa nacional o local aplicable Lenovo recomienda a los propietarios de equipos de tecnologia de la informaci n TI que reciclen responsablemente sus equipos cuando stos ya no les sean tiles Lenovo dispone de una serie de programas y servicios de devoluci n de productos a fin de ayudar a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI Se puede encontrar informaci n sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de Lenovo en el sitio vveb de Lenovo http Avvvvv lenovo com lenovo environment recycling Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU and Norway This appliance is labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002 96 EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive HE COV TIE EU GES RUJ WO T ICKBUCTOABAENET OMAR ICIA EU MEIC A EE RE THR 2002
193. ee Installing a hot swap power supply on page 179 11 Install and lock the left side cover see l Installing the left side cover on page 158 12 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 225 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units Thermal grease The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Place the heat sink on a clean work surface 2 Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely 3 Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat sink Note Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed 4 Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor then dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed Microprocessor 2 0 02 mL of thermal grease 5 Use the thermal grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots of 0 02 mL each on the top of the microprocessor The outermost dots must be within approximately 5 mm of the edge This is to ensure uniform distribution Note 0 01 mL is one tick mark on the syringe If the grease is properly applied approx
194. el The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 6 Run the test again 7 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 8 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 9 Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 801 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted 1 Turn off and restart the system the server I firmware Run the test again programmed 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the the memory latest level The installed firmware level is shown controller with in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for an invalid this component For more information see CBAR address Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 802 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted 1 Turn off and restart the system the end address in the 2 Run the test again E820 function 3 Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the is less than 16 Setup utility MB 4 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is sh
195. elect Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 Select Servers and Storage from the Brand list 4 From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue 5 Click Downloads and drivers and look at the list for the Preboot DSA CD image 3 Follow the problem resolution procedures The four problem resolution procedures are presented in the order in which they are most likely to solve your problem Follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented a Check for and apply code updates Most problems that appear to be caused by faulty hardware are actually caused by Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware server firmware system firmware device firmware or device drivers that are not at the latest levels Chapter 4 General Checkout 23 Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 1 Determine the existing code levels In DSA click Firmware VPD to view system firmware levels or click Software to view operating system levels 2 Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level To display a list of available updates for your server complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is describe
196. emove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see l Opening the power supply cage on page 158 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the fan cage assembly see Removing the fan cage assembly on page 17 Note where the cables are connected to the system board then disconnect them Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 231 10 Remove any of the following components that are installed on the system board and put them in a safe static protective place e Adapters see Removing an adapter on page 184 e Extender card see l Removing an extender card on page 207 e DIMMs see Removing a memory module on page 210 e Microprocessors and heat sinks see l Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 218 e Battery see Removing the battery on page 172 11 Rotate the release lever toward the front of the chassis 12 Slide the system board toward the front of the server to disengage the tabs from the chassis then grasp the handles and carefully lift the system board out of the server 13 If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the system board
197. en the physical view and logical view of the storage devices that are connected to the controller Click Physical View or Logical View on the menu in the left pane to change the view Main menu of the WebBIOS utility The main menu includes the following options Adapter Properties From this view you can display and modify the properties of the SAS adapter that is currently selected Scan Devices From this view you can re scan the physical and virtual disks for any changes in the drive status or physical configuration Virtual Disks From this view you can display and modify the virtual disk properties delete virtual disks initialize disks and perform other tasks Physical Drives From this view you can view the physical drive properties create hot spare disks and perform other tasks Configuration Wizard Select this to start the Configuration Wizard and create a new storage configuration clear a configuration or add a new configuration Adapter Selection From this view you can select a different SAS adapter Then you can view information about the adapter and the drives connected to it or create a new configuration for the adapter Physical View or Logical View Select this to toggle between the Physical View and Logical View Events From this view you can display the system events in the Event Information page Exit Select this to exit the WebBIOS utility and continue with the system boot Chapter 9 Configuring
198. ep is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action DASD RAID A hard disk drive SAS controller or RAID adapter error has occurred Reinstall the removed drive 2 Reseat the follovving components Notes 1 This LED is also lit when a hard disk drive is removed from the server 2 The error LED on the failing System board hard disk drive is also lit ServeRAID adapter 3 Check the system event log for 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one ata Failing hard disk drive SAS hard disk drive backplane SAS signal and power cables 9295 p a RAID error time in the order shown restarting the server each time NMI A hardware error has been reported 4 See the system event log see FSystem event log to the operating system on page 38 2 If the PCI LED is lit follow the instructions for that LED 3 If the MEM LED is lit follow the instructions for that LED 4 Restart the server 80 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapier 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which c
199. er If the LED does not begin flashing within 30 seconds of when the server is connected to power complete the following steps 1 Trained service technician only Use the IMM recovery switch to recover the firmware see Table 10 on page 144 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board PCI slot 1 to PCI slot 8 error LEDs An error has occurred on a PCI bus or on the system board An additional LED is lit next to a failing PCI slot 1 Check the system event log for information about the error 2 If you cannot isolate the failing adapter through the LEDs and the information in the system event log remove one adapter at a time and restart the server after each adapter is removed 3 If the failure remains go to http Awww lenovo com for additional troubleshooting information H8 heartbeat LED Indicates the status of power on and power off sequencing 1 If the H8 heartbeat LED is blinking at a 1 Hz rate no action is necessary 2 Trained service technician only If the H8 heartbeat LED is not blinking replace the system board Remind button You can use the remind button on the EasyLED panel to put the system error LED on the operator information panel into Remind mode When you press the remind button you acknowledge the error but indicate that you will not take immediate action The system error LED flashes while it is in Remind mode and stays in Remind mode u
200. er you can download an image from the Lenovo Support Web site at http www lenovo com support The EasyStartup program has the following features e Self booting DVD e Easy to use language selectable interface e Integrated help system e Automatic hardware detection e RAID configuration utility e Device drivers based on the server model and detected devices e Selectable partition size and file system type e Support for Windows Red Hat and SUSE server operating systems e Installs the operating system and device drivers in an unattended mode to save time e Creates a reuseable response file that can be used with similarly configured Lenovo servers to make future installations even faster Before you use the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD Functionality and supported operating systems can vary with different versions of the EasyStartup program To learn more about the version you have do the following 1 Insert the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD and restart the server 2 Advance to the Home screen 3 Click Compatability notes The compatability notes provide detailed information about the operating systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup program 4 Click User Guide The User Guide provides an overview of the various functions provided by that version of the EasyStartup program Before using the EasyStartup program to install an operating system make sure any external storage devices a
201. er control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server e The IMM can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical system failure e You can turn off the server through a request from the IMM 148 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units Important Before you install optional hardware make sure that the server is working correctly Start the server and make sure that the operating system starts if an operating system is installed If the server is not working correctly see the Chapter 5 Diagnostics on page 27 for diagnostic information This chapter provides detailed instructions for installing optional hardware devices in the server Server components The following illustration shows the major components in the server Cover Rear adapter retention bracket Air baffle Heat sink Microprocessor Heat sink retention bracket DIMMs System board VRM Power supply cage Power supply Power supply filler Control panel assembly EEEECCEGEEES m Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 N N S Led Las Les Le w rR F Ke bl Kea KL A USB cable EasyLED diagnostics assembly DVD drive Bezel Optical drive bay EMC shield 2 5 inch EMC shield 2 5 inch hot swap drive 2 5 inch drive cage assembly SAS SATA 2 5 inch backplane Fan assembly Hot swap
202. er is eligible for International Warranty Service and to view a list of the countries where service is available go to http www lenovo com support click Warranty and follow the instructions on the screen For technical assistance with the installation of or questions related to Service Packs for your preinstalled Microsoft Windows product refer to the Microsoft Product Support Services Web site at http www support microsoft com directory or you can contact the Customer Support Center Some fees might apply 276 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Purchasing additional services During and after the warranty period you can purchase additional services such as support for hardware operating systems and application programs network setup and configuration upgraded or extended hardware repair services and custom installations Service availability and service name might vary by country or region For more information about these services go to the Lenovo Web site at http www lenovo com Lenovo product service RE Lenovo mR ANUT fay Ra ES RE RR OB BRAS Al BBS FA MESRESBRARCHRTABZ AR A 0800 000 700 Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance 277 278 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Appendix B Notices Lenovo may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in all co
203. er source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Disconnect the system from the power source Replace the DIMMs one at a time and run the test again after replacing each DIMM Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Reseat all of the DIMMs Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 107 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and
204. er statements in this document before you perform the procedures Read any additional safety information that comes with the server or optional device before you install the device Attention Use No 26 AWG or larger UL listed or CSA certified telecommunication line cord 8 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 1 AA DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage Disconnect the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect 1 Turn everything OFF 1 Turn everything OFF 2 First attach all cables to devices 2 First remove
205. es If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the software you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly e When you run the diagnostic programs a single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or EasyLED diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or ina microprocessor socket See Flictoproceseor probleme or Bad Ed ot information about diagnosing microprocessor problems e Before you run the diagnostic programs you must determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices If it is part of a cluster you can run all diagnostic programs except the ones that test the storage unit that is a hard disk drive in the storage unit or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit The failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server o
206. eshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 804 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted the memory controller buffer request failed 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Turn off and restart the system N Run the test again Run the test again 5 Ifthe failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 805 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted the memory controller display alter Make sure that the server firmware is at the write operation latest level The installed firmware level is shown was not in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for completed this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Turn off and restart the system N Run the test again co Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support I 201 806 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted the memory controller fast scrub operation 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the was not latest level The installed firmware level is shown completed in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section
207. etermine the type and speed of the microprocessors For a list of supported microprocessors see http www lenovo com thinkserver and click Options Memory e 16 DIMM connectors eight per microprocessor e Minimum 2 GB DIMM per microprocessor e Maximum 64 GB e Type Registered ECC DDR3 800 1066 and 1333 MHz DIMMs only e Sizes 1 GB single rank 2 GB single rank or dual rank 4 GB dual rank PC3 10600R 999 Drives SATA DVD standard DVD CD RW optional Maximum of two devices can be installed e Diskette optional External USB 1 44 MB Supported hard disk drives Serial Attached SCSI SAS Expansion bays e 16 hot swap SAS 2 5 inch bays e Three half high 5 25 inch bays one DVD drive installed Note Full high devices such as an optional tape drive will occupy two half high 5 25 inch bays PCI and PCI X expansion slots e Six PCI expansion slots on system board Two PCI Express x8 x4 link Two PCI Express x8 x8 link One PCI Express x16 x8 link One PCI 32 bit One PCI Express x8 x4 link on the extender card Power supply Note To upgrade to two 920 watt hot swap power supplies install the redundant power and cooling option kit Kit includes one hot swap 920 watt power supply and three hot swap fans e Standard One 920 watt 110 V or 240 V ac input dual rated power supply e Upgradeable to two 920 watt hot swap power supplies Hot swap fans Th
208. evel events such as when the server is started Warning Warning messages do not require immediate action they indicate possible problems such as when the recommended maximum ambient temperature is exceeded Error when a fan is not detected Error messages might require action they indicate system errors such as Each message contains date and time information and it indicates the source of the message POST or the IMM Integrated management module error messages The following table describes the IMM error messages and suggested actions to correct the detected problems For more information about IMM see the MM User s Guide on the Web Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine vvhich components are customer replaceable units CRU and vvhich components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Message Severity Description Action Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going Error An upper critical sensor Reduce the ambient temperature high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going Error An upper nonrecoverable Reduce the ambient tempera
209. event and error messages that have been generated during POST by the systems management interface handler and by the system service processor Run the diagnostic programs to get more information about error codes that occur Sea Running the diagnostic programs on page 90 for instructions for running the diagnostic programs Important If the system error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the system event log Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the system event log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server POST Event Viewer Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the error messages in the POST event log System Event Log Select this choice to view the error messages in the system event log Clear System Event Log Select this choice to clear the system event log 254 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Passwords e User Security Select this choice to set change or clear passwords See Passwords for more information This choice is on the full and limited Setup Utility menu Set Power on Password Select this choice to set or change a power on password For more information see Power on password on page 256 Clear Power on Password Select this choice to clear a power on password For more information see Power on password o
210. evice are secure If the device comes with test instructions use those instructions to test the device If the failing device is a SCSI device make sure that e The cables for all external SCSI devices are connected correctly e The last device in each SCSI chain or the end of the SCSI cable is terminated correctly e Any external SCSI device is turned on You must turn on an external SCSI device before you turn on the server Reseat the failing device Replace the failing device 72 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Power problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom The power control button does not work the server does not start Note The power control button will not function until 3 minutes after the server has been connected to ac power The server does not turn off Action 1 Make sure that the power control button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reco
211. evices and replacing customer replaceable units 205 11 Push up on the release latch while you pull the operator information panel assembly toward the rear of the server then angle the back of the assembly toward the system board and remove the assembly from the server 12 If you are instructed to return the operator information panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the operator information panel assembly Release latch 2 Control panel assembly To install the operator information panel assembly complete the following steps 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the operator information panel assembly to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the assembly from the package 2 Angle the operator information panel assembly so that the edge of the assembly is in the guide slot 3 Slide the operator information panel assembly forward until the release latch clicks into place 4 Connect the operator information panel assembly cable to the system board see System board internal connectors on page 131 and Internal cable routing and connectors on page 163 5 Install the fan cage assembly see Installing the fan cage assembly on page iz 6 Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 7 Return the power supply cage to its closed
212. f necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 089 802 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted System resource availability error Turn off and restart the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 92 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823
213. failure and power backplane failure e LED indicators to report errors that occur with fans power supplies microprocessor hard disk drives and system errors EasyLED Diagnostics LEDs e DIMM error assistance The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI will disable a failing DIMM that is detected during POST IMM will light the associated system error LED and the failing DIMM error LED e System event log SEL e ROM based IMM firmware flash IMM firmware updates e Auto Boot Failure Recovery ABR e A virtual media key which enables full system management support remote video remote keyboard mouse and remote storage e Automatic microprocessor disable on failure restart in a two microprocessor configuration when one microprocessor signals an internal error e NMI detection and reporting e SMI handling e Automatic Server Restart ASR when 1 POST is not complete or 2 the OS hangs and the OS Watchdog Timer times out The IMM might be configured to watch for OS Watchdog Timer and reboot the system after timeout if the ASR feature is enabled Otherwise IMM allows the administrator to generate an NMI by pressing an NMI button on the system board for OS memory dump ASR is supported by IPMI e Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI Specification V 2 0 and Intelligent Platform Management Bus IPMB support e Invalid system configuration CNFG LED support e Serial redirect e Serial Over LAN SOL e Query powe
214. fan ServeRAID MR10i ServeRAID BR10i ServeRAID MR10is 149 Blue on a component indicates touch points where you can grip the component to remove it from or install it in the server open or close a latch and so on Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates that the component can be hot swapped which means that if the server and operating system support hot swap capability you can remove or install the component while the server is running Orange can also indicate touch points on hot swap components See the instructions for removing or installing a specific hot swap component for any additional procedures that you might have to perform before you remove or install the component Opening the bezel Important Before you install optional hardware make sure that the server is working correctly If an operating system is installed start the server and make sure that the operating system starts If no operating system is installed start the server and make sure that a 19990305 error code is displayed indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working correctly If the server is not working correctly see the Chapter 5 Diagnostics on page 27 for diagnostic information The following illustration shows how to open the bezel Notes 1 The left side cover does not have to be removed to open the bezel 2 The left side cover lock must be unlocked to open
215. figuration changes through other choices in the Setup 252 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Utility the changes are reflected in the system summary you cannot change settings directly in the system summary Product Data Select this choice to view the system board identifier the revision level or issue date of the firmware the integrated management module and diagnostics code and the version and date System Settings Select this choice to view or change the server component settings Processors Select this choice to view or change the processor settings Memory Select this choice to view or change the memory settings To configure memory mirroring select System Settings gt Memory and then select Memory Channel Mode Mirroring Devices and I O Ports Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices and input output I O ports You can configure the serial ports configure remote console redirection enable or disable integrated Ethernet controllers the SAS SATA controller SATA optical drive channels and PCI slots If you disable a device it cannot be configured and the operating system will not be able to detect it this is equivalent to disconnecting the device Power Select this choice to view or change power capping to control consumption processors and performance states Legacy Support Select this choice to view or set legacy support Force
216. firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Please ensure that the IMM is Error flashed with the correct firmware The IMM is unable to match its firmware to the server The server does not support the installed IMM firmware version Update the IMM firmware to a version that the server supports Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code IMM reset was caused by restoring Info default values The IMM has been reset because a user has restored the configuration to its default settings No action information only IMM clock has been set from NTP Info server 1 1 Lenovo_NTPService ElementName The IMM clock has been set to the date and time that is provided by the Network Time Protocol server No action information only
217. for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 105 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 902 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Failed The IMM 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the indicates a power source You must disconnect the system failure in the from ac power to reset the IMM I O Expander Bus 1 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the 10 11 12 13 14 15 power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Reseat the EasyLE
218. ge Chapter 4 General Checkout Checkout procedure About the checkout procedure j Performing the checkout procedure Diagnosing a problem Undocumented problems Chapter 5 Diagnostics Diagnostic tools Event logs Viewing event logs through the Setup utility Viewing event logs without restarting the server POST error codes System event log Integrated management module error messages Troubleshooting tables DVD drive problems General problems i Hard disk drive problems Intermittent problems Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Memory problems da E Microprocessor problems Monitor problems Optional device problems Power problems Serial port problems Software problems Universal Serial Bus USB port problems EasyLED diagnostics du dg en E Remind button Power supply LEDs Diagnostic programs messages and error codes i Running the diagnostic programs Diagnostic text messages Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 Viewing the test log 2 ee ee ee ee ee 91 Diagnostic messages ime a OT Recovering from a Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware update failure 122 Solving power problems som we Roe eB we amp bow amp ae 128 Solving Ethernet controller problems te Mh we te ee a we oe a fe NS Solving undetermined problems 2 2 4 124 Problem determination tips 2 2 ee 185 Chapter 6 Locating Server Con
219. hapter 5 Diagnostics 77 SP BUS IL I i er I MEN a i j i 8 i z Server processor bus E Power supply H Microprocessor E Fan VRM PCI bus 4 Microprocessor memory configuration System board E Memory Temperature G NMI System event log Hard disk drive RAID USB ports The following table lists the EasyLED diagnostics LEDs the problems that they indicate and actions to solve the problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action System event log LOG A system error occurred View the contents of the system event log see Event logs on page 27 Temperature The system temperature has exceeded a threshold level 1 3 See the system event log for the source of the fault see System event log on pag
220. hapter 9 Configuring the server on page 251 234 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Some optional devices have device drivers that you must install For information about installing device drivers see the documentation that comes with each device The server comes with at least one microprocessor If more than one microprocessor is installed the server can operate as a symmetric multiprocessing SMP server You might have to upgrade the operating system to support SMP For more information see l Typical operating system installation on page 265 and the operating system documentation If the server has an optional RAID adapter and you have installed or removed a hard disk drive see the documentation that comes with the RAID adapter for information about reconfiguring the disk arrays For information about configuring the integrated Gigabit Ethernet controller see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller on page 266 Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 235 236 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 The following replaceable components are available for the ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 servers To check for an updated parts listing on the Web complete the following steps G
221. hinkServer EasyManage Core Server has been installed you can use the ThinkServer EasyManage Agent installer to install the agent on other servers and clients on the network Also the ThinkServer EasyStartup program provides an option to either install the ThinkServer EasyManage Agent as part of the operating system installation process or install a desktop icon to assist with the installation of the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server after the operating system has been installed Installation requirements Before installing ThinkServer EasyManage software on your server your environment must meet the following requirements e Microsoft Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 is installed on the server where you intend to install the Core Server e The original Windows Server operating system installation CDs are available in case files are needed while installing the prerequisites e The server has Internet access to obtain prerequisites and to activate the software after the installation is complete e The server has a static IP address e The server is not a domain controller However it is recommended to have the server join a domain e The account that you use to log in and to install the Core Server has Administrator privileges on the server with full read write access Ideally this account is also a Domain Administrator account This account will be used to create the initial administrator level account used to log in to
222. ian Error code Description Action 00580A4 Memory population changed Information only Memory has been added moved or changed 00580A5 Mirror failover complete Information only Memory redundancy has been lost Check the event log for uncorrected DIMM failure events 0068002 CMOS battery cleared 1 Reseat the battery 2 Clear the CMOS memory see l System board switches and jumpers on page 144 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 2011000 PCI X PERR Check the extender card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and extender cards Update the PCI device firmware Remove the adapters from the extender card Ci O Nc Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Extender card b Trained service technician only System board 2011001 PCI X SERR Check the extender card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and extender cards Update the PCI device firmware Remove the adapters from the extender card af oN gt Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Extender card b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 33 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column u
223. ible maximum When referring to processor storage real and virtual storage or channel volume KB stands for 1024 bytes MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes Total user accessible capacity can vary depending on operating environments Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from Lenovo Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module 280 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Lenovo makes no representation or warranties regarding non Lenovo products and services including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties Some software might differ from its retail version if available and might not include user manuals or all program functionality Product recycling and disposal This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations Lenovo encourages owners of information technology IT equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer ne
224. ically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 Select Servers and Storage from the Brand list 4 From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue 5 Under Support amp downloads click Troubleshoot 6 Select the troubleshooting procedure or hints and tips that applies to your problem e Troubleshooting procedures are under Diagnostic e Hints and tips are under Troubleshoot d Check for and replace defective hardware If a hardware component is not operating within specifications it can cause unpredictable results Most hardware failures are reported as error codes in a system or operating system log For more information see Troubleshooting tables on page 64 and Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units on page 149 Hardware errors are also indicated by EasyLED diagnostics LEDs A single problem might cause multiple symptoms Follow the troubleshooting procedure for the most obvious symptom If that procedure does not diagnose the problem use the procedure for another symptom if possible If the problem remains contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for assistance with additional problem determinatio
225. ick Support phone list or refer to the safety and warranty information provided with your computer Note Phone numbers are subject to change without notice If the number for your country or region is not provided contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative If possible be at your computer when you call Have the following information available e Machine type and model e Serial numbers of our hardware products e Description of the problem e Exact working of any error messages e Hardware and software configuration information Using other services If you travel with a Lenovo notebook computer or relocate your computer to a country where your desktop notebook or server machine type is sold your computer might be eligible for International Warranty Service which automatically entitles you to obtain warranty service throughout the warranty period Service will be performed by service providers authorized to perform warranty service Service methods and procedures vary by country and some services might not be available in all countries International Warranty Service is delivered through the method of service Such as depot carry in or on site service that is provided in the servicing country Service centers in certain countries might not be able to service all models of a particular machine type In some countries fees and restrictions might apply at the time of service To determine whether your comput
226. ide cover on page 158 15 Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal 16 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server The function of each switch and jumper on the system board is described in System board switches and jumpers on page 144 problems Power problems can be difficult to solve For example a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power distribution buses Usually a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition To diagnose a power problem use the following general procedure 1 Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords 2 Check for loose cables in the power subsystem Also check for short circuits for example if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board 3 Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start see Solving undetermined problems on page for the minimum configuration 4 Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server If the server starts successfully replace the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated If the server does not start from the minimum configuration replace the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated Solving
227. ide is facing the socket b Place the battery into its socket and press the battery towards the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely 3 Install and lock the left side cover see l Installing the left side cover on page 158 4 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Note You must wait approximately 2 1 2 minutes after you connect the server power cord to an electrical outlet before the power control button becomes active 5 Start the Setup Utility and reset the configuration e Set the system date and time e Set the power on password e Reconfigure the server See l Starting the Setup Utility on page 252 for details Removing a hot swap power supply If you remove a hot swap power supply observe the following precautions Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Note If only one hot swap power supply is installed in the server you must turn off the server before removing the power supply 174 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintena
228. ights LEDs to help you diagnose the problem records the error in the event log and alerts you to the problem The IMM also provides a virtual presence capability for remote server management capabilities The IMM provides remote server management through industry standard interfaces Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI version 2 0 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP version 3 Common Information Model CIM Web browser e Remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence feature provides the following functions Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600 x 1200 at 85 Hz regardless of the system state Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client Mapping the CD or DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition e Preboot diagnostics programs The preboot diagnostics programs are stored on the integrated USB memory It collects and analyzes system informat
229. il the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Numeric sensor Planar VBAT going low lower critical has asserted Error A lower critical sensor going low has asserted Replace the 3 V battery Numeric sensor Fan n Tach going low lower critical has asserted n fan number Error A lower critical sensor going low has asserted 2 Reseat the failing fan n vvhich is indicated by a lit LED on the fan Replace the failing fan n fan number The Processor CPU nStatus has Failed with IERR n microprocessor number Error A processor failed IERR condition has occurred ds Make sure that the latest levels of firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Run the DSA program for the hard disk drives and other I O devices Trained
230. imately half 0 22 mL of the grease will remain in the syringe 6 Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in l Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 220 226 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing a heat sink retention module Alignment triangle To remove a heat sink retention module complete the following steps aie 2 10 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all povver cords and external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is Iying flat vvith the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening the power supply cage on page 158 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the heat sink see l Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 218 Using a Phillips screwdriver remove the four screws that secure the heat sink retention module to the system board then lift the heat sink retention module from the system board If you are instructed to return the heat sink retention module follow al
231. ime in the order shown restarting the server each time a Each adapter b Trained service technician only System board 3xx0007 xx Firmware fault detected system halted 1 Recover the server firmware to the latest level eam be 0019 2 Undo any recent configuration changes or clear CMOS memory to restore the settings to the default values 3 Remove any recently installed hardware 3038003 Firmware corrupted 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings to recover the server firmware 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3048005 Booted secondary backup server firmware Information only The backup switch was used to boot image the secondary bank 34 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU trained service technician Error code Description Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Action 3048006 Booted secondary backup server firmware image because of ABR 1 Run the Setu
232. inue go to step 4 3 Return the removed DIMMs one pair at a time to their original connectors restarting the server after each pair until a pair fails Replace the DIMMs in the failed pair with identical known good DIMMs restarting the server after each DIMM is installed Replace the failed DIMM Repeat this step until you have tested all removed DIMMs 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 0058008 DIMM failed memory test 1 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board 00580A1 Invalid DIMM population for mirroring mode 14 If a fault LED is lit resolve the failure 2 Install the DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 211 32 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technic
233. ion LED Operator information panel System error LED USB 2 USB 1 DVD drive eject button Hard disk drive status LED amber Hard disk drive activity LED green The following illustration shows the LEDs on the operator information panel on the front of the server Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 127 p que I O DESH nna Ty En EE System power on LED Hard disk drive activity LED System locator LED System information LED System error LED jn efoto Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRUs and which components are field replaceable units FRUs If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LEDs with the system error or information LED also lit Description System povver on green The states of the power on LED are as follows e Off ac power is not present or the power supply or the LED itself has failed e Flashing rapidly 4 times per second The server is turned off and is not ready to be turned on The power control butto
234. ion connector r Server power features When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on the operating system does not run and all core logic except for the integrated management module IMM is shut down however the server can respond to requests from the IMM such as a remote request to turn on the server The power on LED flashes to indicate that the server is connected to ac power but not turned on Turning on the server Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active and one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while the server is connected to power You can turn on the server and start the operating system by pressing the power control button The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways e If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on the server will restart automatically when power is restored If your operating system supports the Wake on LAN feature the Wake on LAN feature can turn on the server For 32 bit operating systems only Some memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailable to the operating system The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system the configuration of the server and the configured PCI options Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 147 Turning off the server When you turn off the ser
235. ion to aid in diagnosing server problems The diagnostics programs collect the following information about the server Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 15 System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware EasyLED diagnostics status Service processor status and configuration Vital product data firmware and UEFI formerly BIOS configuration Hard disk drive health RAID controller configuration Event logs for service processors The diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is collected into a file that you can send to Lenovo service and support Additionally you can view the information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the log to a removable media and view the log from a Web browser For additional information about preboot diagnostics see l Running the diagnostic programs on page 90 e EasyStartup DVD The ThinkServer EasyStartup program guides you through the configuration of the hardware the RAID controller and the installation of the operating system and device drivers e EasyManage DVD The ThinkServer EasyManage program helps you manage and administer your servers and clients through remote problem notification as well as monitoring and alerting e Integrated network support The server comes with one integrated Broadcom 5709C series Gigabit Ethernet contro
236. is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 901 xxx Broadcom Ethernet Device Test MII Registers Failed Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 118 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action c
237. ith one microprocessor you can install a second microprocessor Both microprocessors must have the same QuickPath Interconnect QPI link speed integrated memory controller frequency core frequency power segment cache size and type Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether you must update the server firmware To download the most current level of server firmware and many other code updates for your server complete the following steps 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 Select Servers and Storage from the Brand list From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue 5 Click System TD200x to display the matrix of downloadable files for the server 220 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Optional Obtain an SMP capable operating system For a list of supported operating systems and optional devices see http www lenovo com thinkserver To order additional microprocessor optional devices contact your Lenovo marketing representative or authorized reseller The microprocessor speeds are automatically set for this server therefore you do not have to set any microprocessor frequency selection jumpers or switches If you have to replace a microprocessor call for service The heat sink FRU is pac
238. ity program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage redundant array of independent disks RAID arrays Be sure to use this program as described in this document e Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to perform the following tasks Perform a low level format on a hard disk drive Create an array of hard disk drives with or without a hot spare drive Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports RAID arrays You can use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure RAID 1 IM RAID 1E IME and RAID 0 IS for a single pair of attached devices If you install a different type of RAID adapter follow the instructions in the documentation that comes with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices In addition you can download an LSI command line configuration program from http www lenovo com support When you are using the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage arrays consider the following information e The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports the following features Integrated Mirroring IM with hot spare support also known as RAID 1 Use this option to create an integrated array of two disks All data on the primary disk can be migrated Integrated Mirroring Enhanced IME with hot spare support also known as RAID 1E Use this option to create an integra
239. k drive cage 2 5 inch hot swap drive To install a 2 5 inch hard disk drive cage complete the following steps 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the 2 5 inch disk drive cage to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive cage from the package Install both 2 5 inch disk drive backplanes in the back of the drive cage see Installing a 2 5 inch disk drive backplane on page 200 Slide the 2 5 inch disk drive cage into the opening in the front of the server then press drive cage in until the release latches click into place Install any hot swap hard disk drives that were removed from the drive cage see nstaling a 25 inch hot swap hard disk drive on page 196 Close the bezel see l Closing the bezel on page 151 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Connect the cables to the 2 5 inch disk drive backplane see connectors on page 138 and Internal cable routing and connectors on page 163 Install the fan cage assembly seel Installing the fan cage assembly on page 72 Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see Closing the power supply cage on page 160 11 Install the power supplies see l Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 204 ThinkServer TD200x
240. kaged with the thermal grease applied to the underside lf the thermal grease protective cover for example a plastic cap or tape liner is removed from the heat sink do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink or set down the heat sink You must replace the thermal grease if it becomes contaminated or has come in contact with another object other than its paired microprocessor The thermal grease is available as a separate FRU Do not remove the first microprocessor from the system board to install the second microprocessor Some models support dual core processors and quad core processors Do not use dual core processors and quad core processors in the same server Install all dual core or all quad core processors in the server eleli To 1 Heat sink 2 BE Alignment key tab Microprocessor release lever g Microprocessor 2 VRM connector Alignment key Microprocessor 2 VRM install a microprocessor complete the following steps Touch the static protective package that contains the microprocessor to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the microprocessor from the package Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 221 2 Open the microprocessor socket by pressing down on the end of the release lever moving it to the side and slowly releasing it to the open up position Microprocessor EH Alignment triangles Notches 4 Micropro
241. l packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 227 Installing a heat sink retention module Alignment triangle To install a heat sink retention module complete the following steps LE o Place the heat sink retention module in the microprocessor location on the system board Using a Phillips screwdriver install the four screws that secure the module to the system board Install the heat sink see l Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 220 Attention Make sure that you install each heat sink with its paired microprocessor Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see Closing the power supply cage on page 160 Install the power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 228 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing a microprocessor retention module To remove a microprocessor retention module complete the following steps de 2 10 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Tur
242. l 194 installing continued USB or SATA tape drive 190 VRM 180 integrated functions 18 intermittent problems 66 IP address obtaining for Web interface 269 IPMI event log 27 J jumpers 144 K keyboard problems 67 L LEDs battery failure 86 CNFG 81 CPU 82 CPU 1 error 85 CPU 2 error 86 CPU mismatch 86 DASD 80 DIMM 85 EasyLED diagnostics 78 EasyLED diagnostics viewing without power 76 fan 79 front of server 127 H8 heartbeat 87 IMM heartbeat 87 LOG 78 MEM 81 NMI 80 operator information panel 76 PCl bus 79 PCI slot error 87 power supply 79 power supply 88 139 power supply detected problems 88 139 rear of server 130 SP 83 system board 145 System Board 79 system board error 86 TEMP 78 VRM 82 VRM failure 86 LEDs EasyLED battery failure 137 CPU 1 error 136 CPU 2 error 137 CPU mismatch 137 DIMM 136 H8 heartbeat 138 IMM heartbeat 137 PCI slot error 138 system board error 137 VRM failure 137 Index 291 left side cover installing 158 local area network LAN 16 LOG LED 78 logs system event message 38 LSI Configuration Utility overview 259 starting 260 M management systems 15 media door open 155 MEMLED 81 memory 16 18 memory mirroring description 212 DIMM population sequence 214 memory module removing 210 memory module order of installation 215 memory problems 68 menu choices in Setup Utility 252 messages diagnostic 90 diagnostic programs 27 diagnostic text 90 IMM error 38 POST er
243. lation and then initiates the installation process using the user provided operating system installation CD or DVD e About This selection displays version information and legal notices Typical operating system installation When you select Install operating system you will be prompted for information required for the installation The prompts vary depending on the operating system selected This section describes the tasks associated with a typical Windows Server operating system installation Each task must be completed before moving to the next task Note Ensure that your RAID controller is correctly configured before you select an operating system to install e Select operating system This task enables you to select the operating system that you will be installing e Select disk This task enables you to select the disk where you want to install the operating system Note The disk that you select must be set as the boot disk in UEFI e Partitions options This task enables you to choose whether you want to repartition the selected drive or use an existing partition e Partition settings This task enables you to choose the file system type and define the partition size e Installation settings This task prompts you for user and system settings the operating system product key and the administrator password e Network settings This task prompts you for domain and workgroup settings Ethernet controller type IP address
244. lations Title 22 Division 4 5 Chapter 33 Best Management Practices for Perchlorate Materials This product part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which contains a perchlorate substance German Ordinance for Work gloss statement The product is not suitable for use with visual display work place devices according to clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units Das Produkt ist nicht f r den Einsatz an Bildschirmarbeitsplatzen im Sinne 2 der Bildschirmarbeitsverordnung geeignet Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other
245. le units CRU and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a n microprocessor number Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed microprocessors are compatible with each other about microprocessor requirements Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 n microprocessor number Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n Chapter 5 Diagnostics 41 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solve
246. led e Read Write Test e Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests Aborted Unable to communicate with the device driver Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Run the test again Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site 8 for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 114 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test
247. led severe state severe state cables to the airflow from the n power supply number power supply fan 2 Replace power supply n n power supply number Sensor PSn 12V OV Fault has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Check the power supply LED transitioned to non recoverable Nonrecoverable state on the EasyLED panel see n power supply number EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 2 Remove the power supplies 3 Replace power supply n 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board n power supply number Sensor PSn 12V UV Fault has Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state 1 Check the power supply LED on the EasyLED panel see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 2 Remove the power supplies 3 Replace power supply n 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board n power supply number Chapter 5 Diagnostics 49 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor PSn 12V OC Fault has transitioned to
248. left in Server Manager and click on Web Server IIS then click on Add Role Services Select the necessary role services and click Install Installing Microsoft SNMP services To install Microsoft SNMP services do the following 1 Click Add Features in the Features Summary section on the main page of Server Manager 2 Select the SNMP Services checkbox 3 Click Next then Install Uninstalling the LANDesk Software Agent If the Core Server has LANDesk agents on it from a previous Management Suite release it will fail the autorun prerequisite check You must remove the old agents by running uninstallwinclient exe from the Program Files _LANDesk ManagementSuite folder Chapter 9 Configuring the server 273 274 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance If you need help service or technical assistance or just want more information about Lenovo products you will find a wide variety of sources available from Lenovo to assist you This section contains information about where to go for additional information about Lenovo and Lenovo products what to do if you experience a problem with your system and whom to call for service if it is necessary Before you call Before you call make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the problem yourself e Check all cables to make sure that they are connected e Check the power
249. ller which supports connection to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps network For more information see Enabling the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program on page 266 e Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI 2 0 IPMI 2 0 support providing secure remote power on power off and several standard alerts for components such as fans voltage and temperature e Large data storage capacity and hot swap capability The server supports up to eight or 16 depending on your model 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drives in the hot swap bays With the hot swap feature you can add remove or replace hard disk drives without turning off the server e Large system memory capacity The server supports up to 64 GB of system memory The memory controller supports error correcting code ECC for up to 16 single sided industry standard third generation double data rate 3 DDR3 800 1066 and 1333 240 pin registered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs e EasyLED diagnostics EasyLED diagnostics provides LEDs to help you diagnose problems For more information see EasyLED diagnostics panel on page 129 e Memory mirroring Memory mirroring improves the availability of memory by writing information to the main memory and redundant locations in a mirrored pair of DIMMs e PCI 32 adapter capabilities 16 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual The se
250. ls CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 45M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 45G Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 247 Table 18 Power cords Type 3719 continued Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5144 Used in these countries and regions South Africa 2 8M models CTO 45G 45M 45A 39M5151 UR 2 8M models CTO 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 45S 45G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 45Y 45G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 45G 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 45U 45S 45A 45T 45H 45V 39M5219 Korea 2 8M models CTO 45R 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 45E 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 45Y 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 45Q 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO Table 19 Power cords Type 3821 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 39M5151 UR 2 8M models CTO 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 39M5219 Rorea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199
251. mismatched microprocessor has been installed Note All microprocessors must have the same speed and cache size 1 Run the Setup Utility and view the microprocessor information to compare the installed microprocessor specifications 2 Trained service technician only Remove and replace one of the microprocessors so that they both match VRM failure LED Microprocessor 2 VRM has failed or is incorrectly installed Reseat the VRM 2 Replace the follovving components one at a time in the order shovvn restarting the server each time a VRM b Trained service technician only System board 3 Replace the VRM System board error LED System board CPU VRD povver voltage regulators or both have failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board Battery failure LED Battery lovv 1 Replace the CMOS lithium battery if necessary 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board IMM heartbeat LED Indicates the status of the boot process of the IMM When the server is connected to power this LED flashes quickly to indicate that the IMM code is loading When the loading is complete the LED stops flashing briefly and then flashes slowly to indicate that the IMM if fully operational and you can press the power control button to start the server If the LED does not begin flashing within 30 seconds of when the server is connected to power do th
252. mportant Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed microprocessors are compatible with each other about microprocessor requirements Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n The Processor CPU nStatus has a Configuration Mismatch n microprocessor number Error A processor configuration mismatch has occurred 1 Make sure that the installed microprocessors are compatible with each other about microprocessor requirements Trained service technician only Replace the incompatible microprocessor 40 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU trained service technician An SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU complex error for Processor CPU nStatus has asserted n microprocessor number Error An SMBIOS uncorrectable CPU complex error has asserted Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceab
253. mporting the certificate again Ethernet Data Rate modified from 1 Info to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort Speed 2 CIM_EthernetPort Speed 3 user ID A user has modified the Ethernet port data rate No action information only Ethernet Duplex setting modified Info from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 2 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 3 user ID A user has modified the Ethernet port duplex setting No action information only Ethernet MTU setting modified from Info 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximumTransmissionUnit 2 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximumTransmissionUnit 3 user ID A user has modified the Ethernet port MTU setting No action information only Ethernet Duplex setting modified Info from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort NetworkAddresses 2 CIM_EthernetPort NetworkAddresses 3 user ID A user has modified the Ethernet port MAC address setting No action information only Ethernet interface 1 by user 2 Info 1 CIM_EthernetPort EnabledState 2 user ID A user has enabled or disabled the Ethernet interface No action information only Chapter 5 Diagnostics 57 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3
254. mware 4 Make sure that the DSA code and IMM firmware update mode are at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http Awww lenovo com support 166 821 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped a power source You must disconnect the system command response could not be provided IMM initialization is in progress from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 103 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the p
255. mware component from 1 CIM_ManagedElement the interface and IP address ElementName has failed 2 Web or LegacyCLI 3 user ID The Chassis Event Log CEL on Info The IMM event log is 75 To avoid losing older log entries system 1 is 75 full full When the log is full save the log as a text file and 1 CIM_ComputerSystem older log entries are clear the log ElementName replaced by newer ones The Chassis Event Log CEL on Info The IMM event log is full To avoid losing older log entries system 1 is 100 full When the log is full older save the log as a text file and 1 CIM_ComputerSystem log entries are replaced by clear the log ElementName newer ones 1 Platform Watchdog Timer expired Error A Platform Watchdog Timer 4 Reconfigure the watchdog for 2 Expired event has occurred timer to a higher value 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog 2 OS Watchdog or 8 das aq de da ga Loader Watchdog Ethernet over interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system IMM Test Alert Generated by 1 Info A user has generated a test No action information only 1 user ID alert from the IMM 62 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the
256. n optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians The most recent version of this document is available at http www lenovo com support Before servicing a Lenovo product be sure to read the Safety Information See Chapter 2 Safety information on page 5 For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document Important Safety Information Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this book before performing any of the instructions Veuillez lire toutes les consignes de type DANGER et ATTENTION du pr sent document avant d ex cuter les instructions Lesen Sie unbedingt alle Hinweise vom Typ ACHTUNG oder VORSICHT in dieser Dokumentation bevor Sie irgendwelche Vorg nge durchf hren Leggere le istruzioni introdotte da ATTENZIONE e PERICOLO presenti nel manuale prima di eseguire una qualsiasi delle istruzioni Certifique se de ler todas as instru es de cuidado e perigo neste manual antes de executar qualquer uma das instru es Es importante que lea todas las declaraciones de precauci n y de peligro de este manual antes de seguir las instrucciones lehi oda EE Ud SUSI Ida baga sell Ol aail US del i Ge asli BATHE BIZ A
257. n see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 96 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 808 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM ae test 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped power source You must disconnect the system reservation from ac power to reset the IMM aborted or invalid 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the reservation ID power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information
258. n action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The monitor has screen jitter or the screen image is wavy unreadable rolling or distorted 1 If the monitor self tests show that the monitor is working correctly consider the location of the monitor Magnetic fields around other devices such as transformers appliances fluorescent lights and other monitors can cause screen jitter or wavy unreadable rolling or distorted screen images If this happens turn off the monitor Attention Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen discoloration Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm 12 in apart and turn on the monitor Notes a To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm 3 in b Non Lenovo monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems 2 Reseat the monitor 3 Replace the follovving components one at a time in the order shovvn restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained service technician only System board Wrong characters appear on the 14 If the wrong language is displayed update the server firmware with the correct screen language see Updating the firmware on page 267 2 Reseat the monitor 3 Replace the following components one at a time in th
259. n and possible hardware replacement Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data Undocumented problems If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains the problem might not have been previously identified by Lenovo After you have verified that all code is at the latest level all hardware and software configurations are valid and no EasyLED diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware component failure contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for assistance Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and the problem determination procedures that you have used Chapter 4 General Checkout 25 26 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 5 Diagnostics This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems that might occur in the server If you cannot diagnose and correct a problem by using the information in this chapter seelAppendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 275 for more information Diagnostic tools The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware related problems Event logs POST error messages The power on self test POST generates messages to indicate successful test completion or the detection of a problem See POST error codes on page 30 for more information
260. n is disabled Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active e Flashing slowly once per second The server is turned off and is ready to be turned on You can press the power control button to turn on the server e Lit The server is turned on e Fading on and off The server is in a reduced power state To wake the server press the power control button or use the IMM Web interface Hard disk drive activity green When this LED is flashing rapidly it indicates that there is activity on a hard disk drive System locator blue Use this LED to visually locate the server among other servers 128 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRUs trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LEDs with the system error or information LED also lit Description Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRUs and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a more information System information amber When this amber LED is on it indicates that information
261. n off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 Remove the power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening thel power supply cage on page 159 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the heat sink and the microprocessor see Removing al microprocessor and heat sink on page 216 Using a T8 Torx screwdriver remove the four screws that secure the microprocessor retention module to the system board then lift the microprocessor retention module from the system board If you are instructed to return the microprocessor retention module follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 229 Installing a microprocessor retention module To install a microprocessor retention module complete the following steps L o Orient the triangle shaped indicator on one corner of the microprocessor retention module to the corresponding alignment triangle on the sy
262. n page 256 Set Administrator Password Select this choice to set or change an administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup Utility menu If an administrator password is set the full Setup Utility menu is available only if you type the administrator password at the password prompt For more information see l Administrator password on page 257 Clear Administrator Password Select this choice to clear an administrator password For more information see l Administrator password on page 257 e Save Settings Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings e Restore Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the previous settings e Load Default Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the factory settings e Exit Setup Select this choice to exit from the Setup Utility If you have not saved the changes that you have made in the settings you are asked whether you want to save the changes or exit without saving them From the User Security menu choice you can set change and delete a power on password and an administrator password The User Security choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only If you set only a power on password you must type the power on password to complete the system startup and t
263. nce Manual To remove a hot swap power supply do the following 1 Read the safety information Chapter 2 Safety information on page 5 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on 2 Disconnect the power cord from the connector on the back of the power supply that you are removing 3 Press the release latch on the power supply and pull the power supply H out of the power supply cage 4 If you are instructed to return the hot swap power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a hot swap power supply If you install or remove a hot swap power supply observe the following precautions Statement 8 AA Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 175 CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a servi
264. nd fan 5 if installed is not damaged Make sure that the fan connectors on the system board are not damaged Make sure that the fan cage is correctly installed Reseat the fan Replace the fan 50 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Redundancy Cooling Zone 3 has been reduced Error Redundancy has been lost and is insufficient to continue operation 1 Make sure that the connector on fan 3 and fan 6 if installed is not damaged 2 Make sure that the fan connectors on the system board are not damaged 3 Make sure that the fan cage is correctly installed 4 Reseat the fan 5 Replace the fan Sensor RAID Error has transitioned to critical from a less severe state Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 Check the hard disk drive LEDs 2 Reseat the hard disk drive for which the status LED is lit 3 Replace the defective har
265. nd fiber channels are configured correctly Configuring RAID The RAID configuration feature that is part of the EasyStartup program enables you to view and change RAID settings for supported RAID controllers Through this feature you have the ability to select one RAID level for each installed controller and the program automatically will use the discs currently attached to the controller to support that RAID level If you have a need to assign a primary and secondary RAID on the same controller and assign some of your discs to the primary RAID and some to the secondary RAID you can use either of the following methods Chapter 9 Configuring the server 263 e Manually remove the drives that you do not want included in your array before you configure your RAID controller through the EasyStartup program This method enables you to use the EasyStartup program to configure your RAID controller and install the operating system After the operating system is installed reinstall the drives and use the RAID configuration utility provided in the firmware to configure the secondary RAID e Configure the controller using the RAID configuration utility provided in the firmware before you use the EasyStartup program For details see Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program on page 260 After your RAID controller is configured start the EasyStartup program and install your operating system EasyStartup overview The EasyStartu
266. ndicates that the log is more than 75 full When you are troubleshooting you might have to save and then clear the system event log to make the most recent events available for analysis Messages are listed on the left side of the screen and details about the selected message are displayed on the right side of the screen To move from one entry to the next use the Up Arrow 1 and Down Arrow 4 keys Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 27 Some IMM sensors cause assertion events to be logged when their setpoints are reached When a setpoint condition no longer exists a corresponding deassertion event is logged However not all events are assertion type events Integrated management module IMM event log This log contains a filtered subset of all IMM POST and system management interrupt SMI events You can view the IMM event log through the IMM Web interface and through the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program as the ASM event log DSA log This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program and it is a chronologically ordered merge of the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM event log as the ASM event log and the operating system event logs You can view the DSA log through the DSA program Viewing event logs through the Setup utility To view the POST event log or system event log complete the following steps i 2 Turn on the server When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed
267. ng e Software versions and levels e Diagnostic program type and version level e Configuration option settings e Operating system control file setup Chapter 5 Diagnostics 125 SeelAppendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 275 for information about calling Lenovo for service 126 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors This section describes the controls and light emitting diodes LEDs and how to turn the server on and off Front view The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the front of the server Note The front bezel door is not shown so that the drive bays are visible Uft7 65 43 2 1 o m Jg u DVD drive activity LED green System power LED Power control button Hard disk drive activity LED System locator LED D EENE g gees System informat
268. nhaltung der Schutzanforderungen wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo verandert bzw wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt eingebaut werden Deutschland Einhaltung des Geseizes uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit von Betriebsmittein Dieses Produkt entspricht dem Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG fr her Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit von Ger ten Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG vom 20 Juli 2007 fr her Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten bzw der EMV EG Richtlinie 2004 108 EC fr her 89 336 EWG fur Ger te der Klasse A Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in Ubereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformitatszeichen CE zu f hren Verantwortlich f r die Konformitatserklarung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo Deutschland GmbH Gropiusplatz 10 D 70563 Stuttgart Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs 1 4 Das Ger t erf llt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A Nach der EN 55022 Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funtst rungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber ve
269. nnect the power cords c Trained service technician only Reseat the operator information panel cables and then repeat ne der JH If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel Make sure that e The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working electrical outlet e The type of memory that is installed is correct e The DIMM is fully seated e The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem e The microprocessors are installed in the correct sequence Reseat the following components a DIMMs b Trained service technician only Power switch connector c Trained service technician only Power backplane Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only Power switch connector c Trained service technician only Power backplane d Trained service technician only System board If you just installed an optional device remove it and restart the server If the server now starts you might have installed more devices than the power supply supports See Power supply LEDs on page 88 See Solving undetermined problems on page 124 Determine vvhether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Povver Interface ACPI or a non ACPI operating system If you are using a non ACPI operating system complete the following
270. non recoverable n power supply number Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state Check the power supply LED on the EasyLED panel see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 Remove the power supplies Replace power supply n Trained service technician only Replace the system board n power supply number Sensor PS n VCO Fault has transitioned to non recoverable n power supply number Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state 1 Check the power supply LED on the EasyLED panel see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 Replace the failing power supply n power supply number Redundancy Power Unit has been reduced Error Redundancy has been lost and is insufficient to continue operation 1 Check the LEDs for both power supplies Follow the actions in Power supply LEDs on page Redundancy Cooling Zone 1 has been reduced Error Redundancy has been lost and is insufficient to continue operation Make sure that the connector on fan 1 and fan 4 if installed is not damaged Make sure that the fan connectors on the system board are not damaged Make sure that the fan cage is correctly installed Reseat the fan Replace the fan Redundancy Cooling Zone 2 has been reduced Error Redundancy has been lost and is insufficient to continue operation o Make sure that the connector on fan 2 a
271. nt adapter retention bracket into the hinge point Position the other hole and insert the adapter retention bracket into the hinge point Install the adapters see l Installing an adapter on page 184 Close the front and rear adapter retention brackets Install and lock the side cover see l Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 181 Removing the rear adapter retention bracket 2 Rear adapter retention bracket Hinge pin To remove the rear adapter retention bracket do the following 1 2 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all povver cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page El Remove all adapters and place the adapters on a static protective surface see Removing an adapter on page 184 Note You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before removing the adapters Open the rear adapter retention bracket Press the rear adapter retention bracket and release the top hinge point then release the other hinge point and remove the bracket from the chassis If you are instructed to return the rear adapter
272. nt log see System event log fon page 98 n page 38 Check the LEDs on the PCI slots to identify the component that is causing the error and reseat the failing adapter Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Failing adapter b Trained service technician only System board Fan A fan has failed or is operating too slowly Reinstall the removed fan If an individual fan LED is lit replace the fan Trained service technician only Replace the system board Power supply A power supply has failed or has been removed Note In a redundant power configuration the dc power LED on one power supply might be off Check the individual power supply LEDs Reseat the following components a Power supply b Trained service technician only Power supply cage cables Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Power supply b Trained service technician only Power supply cage Chapter 5 Diagnostics 79 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action st
273. ntil one of the following conditions occurs e All known errors are corrected e The server is restarted e A new error occurs causing the system error LED to be lit again Chapter 5 Diagnostics 87 Power supply LEDs The following illustration shows the power supply LEDs on the rear of the server N y 1 z GC 3a pa A LI ac power LED 2 dc power LED Power error LED The follovving table describes the problems that are indicated by various combinations of the power supply LEDs and the system power LED on the operator information panel and suggested actions to correct the detected problems 88 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 3 Power supply LEDs Power supply LEDs AC DC Error Description Action Notes Off Off Off No ac power to 4 Check the ac power to the server This is a normal the server ora 2 Mak r thatih di condition when no problem with the 7 s n En ds f aa a ac power is present ac power source connected to a functioning power source 3 Turn the
274. ntil the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 2018001 PCI Express uncorrected or uncorrected error Check the extender card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and extender cards Update the PCI device firmware Remove both adapters from the extender card ao FON gt Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Extender card b Trained service technician only System board 2018002 Option ROM resource allocation failure Informational message that some devices might not be initialized 1 If possible rearrange the order of the adapters in the PCI slots to change the load order of the optional device ROM code 2 Run the Setup utility select Start Options and change the boot priority to change the load order of the optional device ROM code 3 Run the Setup utility and disable some other resources if their functions are not being used to make more space available Select Devices and I O Ports to disable any of the integrated devices 4 Replace the following components one at a t
275. ntries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 46M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 46G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 46G 46M 46A 39M5151 UK 2 8M models CTO 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 46S 46G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 46Y 46G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 46G 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 46U 46S 46A 46T 46H 46V 39M5219 Korea 2 8M models CTO 46R 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 46E 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 46Y 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 46Q 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 249 250 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 9 Configuring the server The following configuration programs come with the server Setup Utility The Setup Utility formerly called the Configuration Setup Utility program is part of the server firmware Use it to change the startup device sequence set the date and time and set passwords For information about using this program see Using the Setup Utility on page 252 Boot Menu program The Boot Menu program is part of the server firmware Use it to override the startup sequence that is set in the Setup Utility and temporarily assign a device to be first in the
276. ntroller channel for which you want to create an array 2 Select RAID Properties 3 Select the type of array that you want to create 4 In the RAID Disk column use the Spacebar or Minus key to select Yes select or No deselect to select or deselect a drive from a RAID disk 5 Continue to select drives using the Spacebar or Minus key until you have selected all the drives for your array 6 Press C to create the disk array 7 Select Save changes then exit this menu to create the array 260 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 8 Exit the Setup Utility Using the VVebBIOS utility The WebBIOS configuration utility enables you to create and manage RAID configurations on LSI SAS controllers The WebBIOS utility resides in the SAS controller BIOS and operates independently of the operating system The WebBIOS utility provides a configuration wizard to guide you through the configuration of virtual disks and physical arrays Starting the WebBIOS utility Perform the following steps to start the WebBIOS utility and access the main menu 1 After you turn on the power and when the computer is starting you are prompted to press Ctrl H when the following message is displayed Copyright LSI Logic Corporation Press lt Ctr1 gt lt H gt for WebBIOS 2 Select an adapter from the list 3 Click Start The main VVebBIOS utility interface is displayed You can toggle betwe
277. o have access to the full Setup Utility menu An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup Utility menu If you set only an administrator password you do not have to type a password to complete the system startup but you must type the administrator password to access the Setup Utility menu If you set a power on password for a user and an administrator password for a system administrator you can type either password to complete the system startup A system administrator who types the administrator password has access to the full Setup Utility menu the system administrator can give the user authority to set change and delete the power on password A user who types the power on Chapter 9 Configuring the server 255 password has access to only the limited Setup Utility menu the user can set change and delete the power on password if the system administrator has given the user that authority Power on password If a power on password is set when you turn on the server the system startup will not be completed until you type the power on password You can use any combination of up to seven characters A Z a z and O 9 for the password When a power on password is set you can enable the Unattended Start mode in which the keyboard and mouse remain locked but the operating system can start You can unlock the keyboard and mouse by typing the power on password If
278. o to http www lenovo com support 1 2 pppgpoecooosaon m Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue Cover Rear adapter retention bracket Air baffle Heat sink Microprocessor Heat sink retention bracket DIMMs System board VRM Power supply cage Power supply Power supply filler Control panel assembly Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 N N S Led d Les Ll m w e F Kel Bd Keal KEL RE USB cable EasyLED diagnostics assembly DVD drive Bezel Optical drive bay EMC shield 2 5 inch EMC shield 2 5 inch hot swap drive 2 5 inch drive cage assembly SAS SATA 2 5 inch backplane Fan assembly Hot swap fan ServeRAID MR10i ServeRAID BR10i ServeRAID MR10is 237 Table 14 Parts listing Type 3719 CRU CRU part number part number FRU Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 part number 1 Side Cover models CTO All Models 46D1389 2 Retention Module models CTO All Models 46D1397 3 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46D1409 4 CPU Heat sink models CTO All Models 46D1407 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 66GHz 6 4GTS 8MB QC 95w 46D1264 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 4GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1266 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 26GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1267 models CTO 5
279. ode DIMM population sequence Number of installed DIMMs microprocessors DIMM connector First pair of DIMMs 1 3 6 Second pair of DIMMs 1 2 5 Third pair of DIMMs 1 1 4 Fourth pair of DIMMs 2 14 11 Fifth pair of DIMMs 2 13 10 Sixth pair of DIMMs 2 12 9 Note DIMM connectors 7 8 15 and 16 are not used in memory mirroring mode When you install or remove DIMMs the server configuration information changes When you restart the server the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed 214 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual The following illustration shows how to install DIMMs on the system board DIMM 9 DIMM 10 DIMM 11 DIMM 12 DIMM 13 DIMM 14 DIMM 15 DIMM 16 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to stop which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on To install a DIMM do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the left side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 4 Remove the hot swa
280. oller 123 general 65 hard disk drive 65 IMM 38 intermittent 66 memory 68 microprocessor 69 monitor 70 292 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual problems continued mouse 67 optional devices 72 POST 30 power 73 123 serial port 74 software 75 undetermined 124 USB port 75 R RAID array creating 260 rear adapter retention bracket installing 183 removing 182 rear view 130 recovering BIOS update failure 122 UEFI update failure 122 redundant power and cooling option 177 remote presence feature functions 15 using 269 removing 2 5 inch disk drive backplane 198 2 5 inch drive cage 202 adapter 184 battery 172 bezel 152 DVD drive 187 EasyLED panel 193 extender card 207 fan cage assembly 171 fans 217 front adapter retention bracket 180 heat sink retention module 227 hot swap hard disk drive 195 memory module 210 microprocessor 218 microprocessor retention module 229 operator information panel assembly 205 power supply 174 rear adapter retention bracket 182 system board 231 tape drive 189 the bezel 150 the left side cover 157 USB cable and EasyLED panel 193 voltage regulator module 179 S scan order 185 SCSI Attached Disk Test 66 serial port problems 74 serial connector 131 server components 149 server configuration updating 251 server firmware starting backup 268 server firmware UEFl compliant 15 ServeRAID 17 service calling for 126 request online 25
281. ols and connectors 139 Table 8 Power supply LEDs Power supply LEDs ac dc Error Description Action Notes Off Off Off No ac power to Check the ac power to the server This is a normal the server or a 2 Mak that th di condition when no problem with the J 7 ae ai a f S ank decid ac power is present ac power source connected to a functioning power source 3 Turn the server off and then turn the server back on 4 If the problem remains replace the power supply Off Off On No ac power to Replace the power supply This happens only the server or a 2 Mak t thatth di di when a second problem with the Sonnet a fineonin ue power supply ls ac power source g powe providing power to and the power souge the server supply had detected an internal problem Off On Off Faulty power Replace the power supply supply Off On On Faulty power Replace the power supply supply On Off Off et sa notl4 Reseat the power supply bara ele ully seated 3 at a power supply faulty system ee Mi da a board al pl is not fully seated board or faulty replace the power supply power supply 3 Trained service technician only If the system board error LED is on replace the system board On Off or On Faulty power Replace the power supply Flashing supply On On Off Normal operation On On On Power supply is Replace the power supply faulty but still operational Internal LEDs connectors and j
282. olumn until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 405 902 xxx Broadcom Ethernet Device Test Failed EEPROM 1 4 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 903 xxx Broadcom Ethernet Device Test Internal Failed Memory Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see
283. omponents are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action Memory MEM A memory error has occurred Note The error LED on the DIMM is also lit Determine whether the CNFG LED is also lit which indicates that the memory configuration is invalid Reinstall the DIMMs in a supported configuration If the CNFG LED is not lit one of the following conditions might be present The server did not start and a failing DIMM LED is lit a Check for a PFA log event in the system event log b Reseat the DIMM Move the DIMM to a different slot or replace the DIMM d Trained service technician only Replace the system board e The server started the failing DIMM is disabled and the LED is lit a If the LEDs are lit by two DIMMs check the system event log for a PFA event on one of the DIMMs and then replace that DIMM Otherwise replace both DIMMs b If the LED is lit by only one DIMM replace that DIMM c Re enable the DIMM using the Setup utility Microprocessor Memory Configuration CNFG A hardware configuration error has occurred This LED is used with the MEM VRM and CPU LEDs 3 4 The system error LE
284. omponents are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor Pwr Rail C Fault has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Turn off the server and transitioned to non recoverable Nonrecoverable state disconnect it from power 2 Remove the hard disk drives hard disk drive backplanes and DIMMs in connectors 1 through 8 3 Restart the server 4 Reinstall each device one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device 5 Replace the failing device 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Sensor Pwr Rail D Fault has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Turn off the server and transitioned to non recoverable Nonrecoverable state disconnect it from power 2 Remove the optical drive and the DIMMs in connectors 9 through 16 3 Restart the server 4 Reinstall the microprocessor in socket 1 and restart the server 5 Trained service technician only Replace the failing microprocessor 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Sensor Pwr Rail E Fault has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Turn off the server and transitioned to non recoverable Nonrecoverable state disconnect it from power 2 Trained service technician only Remove the optical drive and the PCI adapter 3 Restart the server 4 Reinstall each de
285. on for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 813 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped cannot return the number of requested data bytes Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 99 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an
286. onfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value 2 Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system 60 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Watchdog 1 Failed to Capture Screen 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog Error Running the backup IMM main Error application An operating system error has occurred and the screen capture failed The IMM has resorted to running the backup main application Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value 2 Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system 6 Update the IMM
287. onnector or cable or a problem with the hub The Ethernet transmit receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller sends or receives data over the Ethernet network If the Ethernet transmit receive activity light is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed e Check the LAN activity LEDs on the rear of the server The LAN activity LED is lit when data is active on the Ethernet network If the LAN activity LED is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed e Check for operating system specific causes of the problem e Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working the network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error Solving undetermined problems If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative use the information in this section If you suspect that_a software problem is causing failures continuous or intermittent see Software problems on page 75 Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware can cause undetermined problems To reset the CMOS data use the password switch 2 SW4 to override the power on password and clear the CMOS memory see l Internal LEDs conne
288. oprocessor Xeon 2 26GHz 5 86GTS 8MB QC 80w 46D1267 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 2 0GHz 4 8GTS 4MB QC 80w 46D1271 models CTO 5 Microprocessor Xeon 1 86GHz 4 8GTS 4MB DC 80w 46D1272 models CTO 7 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 7 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1993 models CTO 46U 46S 46Y 46G 46M 46A 46Q 46T 46H 46R 46E 7 Memory module 4GB DDR3 1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM 46U1994 models CTO 8 System board TD200x Planar models CTO 46U 46S 46Y 46D1406 46G 46M 46A 46Q 46T 46H 46R 46E 9 VRM models CTO All Models 39Y7395 10 Power Supply Cage models CTO All Models 39Y7389 11 Power supply 920VV Power Supply models CTO All 39Y7387 Models 12 Power Supply Filler models CTO All Models 39Y7391 14 USB Lightpath bracket models CTO All Models 46D1385 15 Half High SATA DVD ROM models CTO 43W8466 15 Half High SATA Multi Burner models CTO 46U 46S 46Y 43W8467 46G 46M 46A 46Q 46T 46H 46R 46E 16 TD200x Bezel FRU models CTO All Models 46U2424 17 EMC Shield 4 x 3 5 models CTO All Models 46D1402 18 EMC Shield Kit models CTO All Models 46C6706 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO All Models 19 Hard disk drive 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO All Models Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD2
289. or advanced hardware features View set and change settings for power management features View and clear error logs Resolve configuration conflicts Starting the Setup Utility To start the Setup Utility do the following b Turn on the server Note Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup Utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup Utility menu is available 3 Select the settings to view or change Setup Utility menu choices The following choices are on the Setup Utility main menu Depending on the version of the firmware some menu choices might differ slightly from these descriptions System Information Select this choice to view information about the server When you make changes through other choices in the Setup Utility some of those changes are reflected in the system information you cannot change settings directly in the system information This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only System Summary Select this choice to view configuration information including the ID speed and cache size of the microprocessors machine type and model of the server the serial number the system UUID and the amount of installed memory When you make con
290. or images on the client system as well as accessing the Web interface The remote presence feature provides the following functions Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600 x 1200 at 85 Hz regardless of the system state Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client Mapping the CD or DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition Obtaining the IP address for the Web interface access To access the Web interface and use the remote presence feature you need the IP address for the IMM You can obtain the IMM IP address through the Setup Utility To locate the IP address do the following ih Turn on the server Chapter 9 Configuring the server 269 Note Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must
291. ord a limited Setup Utility menu is available 3 Select System Settings Adapters and UEFI drivers 4 Select Please refresh this page first and press Enter 5 Select the device driver that is applicable for the SAS controller in the server For example LSI Logic Fusion MPT SAS Driver 6 To perform storage management tasks see the SAS controller documentation When you have finished changing settings press Esc to exit from the program select Save to save the settings that you have changed Formatting a hard disk drive Low level formatting removes all data from the hard disk If there is data on the disk that you want to save back up the hard disk before you perform this procedure Note Before you format a hard disk make sure that the disk is not part of a mirrored pair To format a drive do the following 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drive that you want to format and press Enter 2 Select SAS Topology and press Enter Select Direct Attach Devices and press Enter 4 To highlight the drive that you want to format use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys To scroll left and right use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys or the End key Press Alt D 5 To start the low level formatting operation select Format and press Enter w Creating a RAID array of hard disk drives To create a RAID array of hard disk drives do the following 1 From the list of adapters select the co
292. ormation about a the checkout procedure see Checkout procedure on page If the problem is associated with a specific function for example if a RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array see the documentation for the associated controller and management or controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured Problem determination information is available for many devices such as RAID and network adapters For problems with operating systems or Lenovo software or devices complete the following steps 24 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document a Go to http Awww lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c Select Servers and Storage from the Brand list d From Family list select ThinkServer TD200x and click Continue e Under Support amp downloads click Documentation Install and Use to search for related documentation c Check for troubleshooting procedures and hints and tips Troubleshooting procedures and hints and tips document known problems and suggested solutions To search for troubleshooting procedures and hints and tips complete the following steps Note Changes are made period
293. ot stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Rlasse 1 Laser Rlass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 Chapter 2 Safety information 11 Statement 4 A 2 18 kg 39 7 Ib gt 32 kg 70 5 Ib 2 55 kg 121 2 Ib CAUTION Use safe practices when lifting Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source A A 20a gt 1 pp Le 12 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardvvare Maintenance Manual Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Statement 26 A CAUTION Do not place any object on top of rack mounted devices Attention This server is suitable for use on an IT power distribution system whose maximum phase to phase voltage is 240 V under any distribution fault
294. ow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Redundancy Bckup Mem Status has Error been reduced Redundancy has been lost and is insufficient to continue operation 1 Check the system event log for DIMM failure events uncorrectable or PFA and correct the failures 2 Re enable mirroring in the Setup utility IMM Network Initialization Complete Info An IMM network has completed initialization No action information only Certificate Authority 1 has detected Error a 2 Certificate Error 1 Lenovo_CertificateAuthority CADistinguishedName 2 CIM_PublicKeyCertificate ElementName A problem has occurred with the SSL Server SSL Client or SSL Trusted CA certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated by the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link 1 Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct 2 Try i
295. owered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on Touch the static protective package that contains the disk drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the disk drive from the package Remove the filler panel from the hot swap drive bay if one is installed Make sure that the tray handle is open then install the hard disk drive into the hot swap bay Rotate the drive handle down until the drive is seated in the hot swap bay and the release latch clicks into place Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 197 Notes a After installing the hard disk drive check the disk drive status LEDs to verify that the hard disk drive is operating correctly If the amber hard disk drive status LED is lit continuously that drive is faulty and must be replaced If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing the drive is being accessed If the server is configured for RAID operation using an optional ServeRAID adapter you might have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the documentation that was included with the optional adapter for additional information about RAID operation 6 Close the bezel see Closing the bezel on page 151 Removing a 2
296. own in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 110 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 803 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test aborted could not enable the processor 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the cache latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Turn off and restart the system N Run the test again Run the test again 5 Ifthe failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubl
297. p and information by telephone through the Customer Support Center These services are available during the warranty period e Problem determination Trained personnel are available to assist you with determining a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the problem e Hardware repair If the problem is caused by hardware under warranty trained service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service e Engineering Change management There might be changes that are required after a product has been sold Lenovo or your reseller will make selected Engineering Changes ECs available that apply to your hardware Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 275 These items are not covered by the warranty e Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for or by Lenovo or non warranted Lenovo parts e Identification of software problem sources e Configuration of BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade e Changes modifications or upgrades to device drivers e Installation and maintenance of network operating systems NOS e Installation and maintenance of application programs Refer to the safety and warranty information that is provided with your computer for a complete explanation of warranty terms You must retain your proof of purchase to obtain warranty service For a list of service and support phone numbers for your country or region go to http www lenovo com support and cl
298. p power supply or power supplies from the server 5 Pull up the power supply cage handle then swing the power supply cage out of the server sed Opening the power supply cage on page 158 for more information 6 Remove the air baffle from the server see Removing the air baffle on page for more information 7 Open the retaining clip on each end of the DIMM connector Attention To avoid breaking the DIMM retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently 8 Touch the static protective package containing the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the outside of the server Then remove the DIMM from the package 9 Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 215 DIMM Retaining clip Noe 10 Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been correctly inserted open the retaining clips remove the DIMM and then reinsert it 11 Reinstall the air baffle Installing the air baffle on page 170 12 Reinstall the po
299. p program requires a supported Lenovo server with an enabled startable bootable DVD drive In addition to the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD you also must have the operating system installation CD or DVD and the product key or installation number for the operating system if provided The EasyStartup program performs the following tasks e Detects installed hardware devices e Guides you through the process of one or more RAID controllers and optionally saves the settings in a RAID response file e Guides you through the process of creating a response file for the unattended installation of the operating system e Enables you to create scripts or commands that run at the end of the operating system installation process e Facilitates the installation of the ThinkServer EasyManage products and DVD burning software Windows installations only e Prepares the hard disk for installation e Prompts you to insert the operating system installation disc e Initiates an unattended installation of the operating system and device drivers Setup and configuration When you start the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD you will be prompted for the following e Select the language in which you want to view the program e Select the language of the keyboard you will be using with the program Note The following language keyboards are supported English French German Spanish Japanese Korean Turkish Italian and Dutch You will then see one or more remin
300. p utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings to recover the primary server firmware settings Turn off the server and remove it from the power source Reconnect the server to the power source and then turn on the server 305000A RTC date time is incorrect Adjust the date and time settings in the Setup utility and then restart the server Reseat the battery Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 3058001 System configuration invalid Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Reseat the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Failing device if the device is a FRU it must be reseated by a trained service technician only Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Failing device if the device is a FRU it must be replaced by a trained service technician only c Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 35 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and
301. p utility and select Save Settings 3 Update the firmware 3808003 Error retrieving system configuration from 1 Remove power from the server and then IMM reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings 3 Update the IMM firmware 3808004 IMM system event log full When out of band use the IMM Web interface or IPMItool to clear the logs from the operating system When using the local console 1 Run the Setup utility 2 Select System Event Logs 3 Select Clear System Event Log 4 Restart the server 36 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 3818001 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default update failed Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818002 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run th
302. pdate the code 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test 3 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Memory DIMM Configuration Error Error for One of the DIMMs on Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs A DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology Memory uncorrectable error detected Error for DIMM n Status on Memory Subsystem DIMM n Status n DIMM number A memory uncorrectable error has occurred 1 If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs 2 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test 5 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Memory Logging Limit Reached for Error DIMM nStatus on Memory Subsystem DIMMnStatus n DIMM number The memory logging limit has been reached 1 Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test 3 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED
303. plied to you Installing the USB cable and EasyLED panel Spring clips To install the USB cable and EasyLED panel complete the following steps 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the USB cable and EasyLED panel to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the assembly from the package Connect the USB cable to the replacement USB cable and EasyLED panel a Rotate the USB cable and EasyLED panel mounting bracket so that you are looking at the rear of the bracket b Squeeze the retaining clips on each side of the USB cable connector and align the key on the cable connector with the notch on the mounting bracket c Insert the connector into the mounting bracket then release the retaining clips Feed the EasyLED diagnostics cable into the server through the opening in the front of the server Position the bottom of the USB cable and EasyLED panel mounting bracket into the opening and rotate the top of the bracket toward the server until it clicks into place Connect the EasyLED diagnostics cable to the system board See System board internal connectors on page 131Jand internal cable routing and connectors on page 163 to locate the USB and EasyLED diagnostics connectors on the system board 194 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 10 11 12 Install the fan cage assembly see l Installing the fan cage
304. position seel Opening thel power supply cage on page 158 8 Install the hot swap power supply or power supplies see l Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 206 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 9 Close the bezel see Closing the bezel on page 151 10 Install and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 153 11 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing an extender card AA FFP Pe ESE EE P EC EC A A GER GCE GPR GER GE GR ES
305. power cords from outlet 3 Attach signal cables to connectors 3 Remove signal cables from connectors 4 Attach power cords to outlet 4 Remove all cables from devices 5 Turn device ON Chapter 2 Safety information 9 Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only a type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations 10 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do n
306. press extender card HH if one is installed The following illustration shows the LEDs MJ and H on the PCI X extender card if one is installed d U U a a The following table describes the LEDs on the system board and extender card and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action DIMM 1 to DIMM 16 j A DIMM has failed or is incorrectly 4 Remove the DIMM that is indicated by a lit error error LEDs installed LED 2 Reseat the DIMM 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board CPU 1 error LED Microprocessor 1 has failed is 1 Check the system event log to determine the missing or has been incorrectly reason for the lit LED installed Note Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessors are installed in the 13 Replace the following components one at a time correct sequence see Removing in the order shown restarting the server each time micropro
307. press x8 slot 2 g DIMM 1 El PCI Express x8 slot 1 SATA backplane 2 power Virtual media key connector Front USB VRM connector Microprocessor 2 USB SAS SATA configuration backplane 2 NMI button SATA backplane 1 power RJ45 10 100 Microprocessor 1 Microprocessor power cd I ey EE ES ES CO BJ CO BR Go BR CO BR Co BR Co Eu o CO VI UN CO EN Co El wir Fans 4 5 and 6 Video SATA 0 Serial SATA 2 5 Power supply power Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 141 Fans 1 2 and 3 DIMM 9 El SATA1 DIMM 16 142 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual The system board is equipped with a PCI extender card that provides either one or two additional expansion slots The following illustration shows one additional PCI Express expansion slot that is available on the PCI Express extender card if equipped a V l o 9 PCI Express x8 slot 7 The following illustration shows two additional PCI X expansion slots that are available on the PCI X extender card if equipped at U i gt a PCI X 1 slot 7 EH PCI X 2 slot 8 Chapter 6 Locating Server Controls and connectors 143 System board switches and jumpers The following illustration shows the switches and jumpers on the system board
308. r No action information only Security Userid 1 had 2 login failures from WEB client at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Error A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from a Web browser and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Security Login ID 1 had 2 login failures from CLI at 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Error A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from the command line interface and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is 1 from WEB browser at IP address 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Error A user has attempted to log in from a Web browser by using an invalid login ID or password Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset
309. r unidentifiable device One or more servers are located near the failing server Important If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster run one test at a time Do not run any suite of tests such as quick or normal tests because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2009 21 e If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed see POST error If the server is halted and no error message is displayed e For information about power supply problems seel Solving power problems on page 123 and Powersupply LEDs on page 86 e For intermittent problems check the system event log see Performing the checkout procedure To perform the checkout procedure complete the following steps 1 ls the server part of a cluster e No Go to step 2 e Yes Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster Go to step 2 2 Complete the following steps a Turn off the server and all external devices b Check all cables and power cords c Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at http Awww lenovo com thinkserver and then click Options Open the Server Options Guide pdf Set all display controls to the middle positions Turn on all external devices e f Turn on the server If the server does not start see Troubleshooting tables on page 64 Check the system error LED on the operator information panel se
310. r coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove the adapter from slot n Replace the PCle adapter Replace extender card n 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName A PCI PERR has occurred on system Error A PCI PERR has occurred Sensor One of PCI Err 1 ALO OB Check the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and riser card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCle adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 55 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a traine
311. r has enabled or disabled an OS Watchdog No action information only DHCP 1 failure no IP address assigned 1 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Info A DHCP server has failed to assign an IP address to the IMM Make sure that the network cable is connected Make sure that there is a DHCP server on the network that can assign an IP address to the IMM Remote Login Successful Login ID 1 from 2 at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 ValueMap CIM_ProtocolEndpoint ProtocollFType 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Info A user has successfully logged in to the IMM No action information only 58 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Attempting to 1 server 2 by user 3 1 Power Up Power Down Power Cycle or Reset 2 Lenovo_ComputerSystem ElementName 3 user ID Info A user has used the IMM to perform a power function on the serve
312. r loose Write Test or broken connections or damage to the cable e Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again Messages and actions 5 Replace the CD DVD drive apply to all 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site three tests for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 115 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 215 902 xxx Optical Drive Verity Failed Read 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media miscompare media and wait for 15 seconds Installed Run the test again e Read Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose Write Test or broken connections or damage to the cable Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again Messages I and actions Replace the CD DVD drive apply to all 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo VVeb site three tests
313. r supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening thel power supply cage on page 159 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169 Remove the fan cage assembly see Removing the fan cage assembly on age 171 Disconnect the drive signal cable from the system board Disconnect the power cable from the back of the tape drive If the tape drive is secured to the server with screws remove them Gently pull the tape drive and signal cable out of the server If you are instructed to return the tape drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you J Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 189 Installing a USB or SATA tape drive The server supports USB and SATA tape drives When you install a tape drive be sure to connect the internal tape cable to the correct connector on the system board To install a tape drive do the following 1 2 10 11 12 13 Read the safety information that begins on page El Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 for more information Open the bezel by pressing on the bezel retention tab at the center left edge
314. r supply input power e PECI 2 support 268 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Power Reset control power on hard and soft shut down hard and soft reset schedule power control Alerts in band and out of band alerting PET traps IPMI style SNMP e mail Operating system failure blue screen capture Command line interface Configuration save and restore PCI configuration data Boot sequence manipulation The IMM also provides the following remote server management capabilities Command line interface IPMI Shell The command line interface provides direct access to server management functions through the IPMI 2 0 protocol Use the command line interface to issue commands to control the server power view system information and identify the server You can also save one or more commands as a text file and run the file as a script Serial over LAN Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the UEFI settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture features are integrated functions of the integrated management module IMM These integrated functions allow you to remotely mount or unmount drives
315. r the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board The Power Supply Power Supply n has Failed n power supply number Error Power supply nhas failed n power supply number 2 3 If the power on LED is lit complete the following steps a Reduce the server to the minimum configuration b Reinstall the components one at a time restarting the server each time c If the error recurs replace the component that you just reinstalled Reseat power supply n Replace power supply n n power supply number Sensor PS n Fan Fault has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n power supply number Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 2 Make sure that there are no obstructions such as bundled cables to the airflow from the power supply fan Replace power supply n n power supply number 46 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU trained service technician Sensor Pwr Rail A Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components
316. r the optical drives SIONS I 8 4 I g E Bae ll ag een mm m a LA o Lf ef ef f af dd Optical drive power cable USB signal cable connector USB signal cable Optical drive power cable SATA optical drive signal cable ESENE Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 163 The following illustration shows the internal SAS SATA cable routing and connectors from the ServeRAID BR10i controller to eight 2 5 inch hard disk drives The left port on the ServeRAID BR10i controller is connected to the backplane for drives 4 7 and the right port on the adapter is connected to the backplane for drives 0 3 U A Co
317. rained service technician only System board 3 Replace the VRM System board error LED System board CPU VRD power voltage regulators or both have failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board Battery failure LED Battery low 1 2 Replace the CMOS lithium battery if necessary Trained service technician only Replace the system board 86 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action IMM heartbeat LED Indicates the status of the boot process of the IMM When the server is connected to power this LED flashes quickly to indicate that the IMM code is loading When the loading is complete the LED stops flashing briefly and then flashes slowly to indicate that the IMM if fully operational and you can press the power control button to start the serv
318. re lit to indicate the location of a problem The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board DIMM LEDs EEEE ENN WUE EA ESE EE EE EE f foe ESE ES GR EE Ge EE EH EI GE EHE AnH RE ME PE HE ee EE Ei af PCI slot 1 error LED PCI slot 2 error LED PCI slot 3 error LED HS heartbeat LED PCI slot 4 error LED Battery error LED System board error LED VRM fail LED CPU 1 error LED DIMMs 1 8 e
319. ree standard e Upgradeable to six fans for redundant cooling Note To upgrade to redundant cooling install the redundant power and cooling option kit Kit includes one 920 watt hot swap power supply and three hot swap fans ize Tower Height 440 mm 17 3 inches Depth 767 mm 30 2 inches Width 218 mm 8 6 inches Weight approximately 38 kg 84 Ib when fully configured or 20 kg 42 Ib minimum Integrated functions Integrated management module IMM which provides service processor control and monitoring functions video controller remote keyboard video mouse and remote hard disk drive capabilities Dedicated or shared management network connections e Six port Serial ATA SATA controller Serial over LAN SOL and serial redirection over Telnet or Secure Shell SSH Support for remote management presence One systems management RJ 45 for connection to a dedicated systems management network e EasyLED diagnostics Six Universal Serial Bus USB ports standard v2 0 supporting v1 1 Four on rear of server Two on front of server One internal USB tape connector One Broadcom dual port 10 100 1000 Ethernet controller with Wake on LAN support and TCP IP Offload Engine TOE support One serial connector shared with the IMM Note In messages and documentation the term service processor refers to the integrated management module IMM Video controller e Matrox G200
320. resent the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 Table 7 System board switch 6 SW 6 Switches Switch description 1 Reserved Default off 2 Power on password override when on Default off 3 Reserved Default off 4 When off this loads the primary IMM firmware ROM page When on this loads the secondary backup IMM firmware ROM page Default off Notes 1 Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables Review the information in Chapter 2 Safety information on page 5 2 Any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in the illustrations in this document are reserved 134 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual System board LEDs The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board EERE agaa anaana WWE le E 5 El El d FL I ie br Te FL ig r FL ig
321. rive bay 4 If you are instructed to return the hot swap hard disk drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive The following notes describe the types of hard disk drives that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a hard disk drive e Depending on the model the server supports up to eight or up to 16 2 5 inch SAS hot swap hard disk drives in the hot swap bays e The hot swap bays are arranged horizontally in the top and bottom hard disk drive cages On models with eight hard disk drives the top bays are numbered O through 7 from right to left On models with 16 hard disk drives the top bays are numbered O through 7 from right to left and the bottom bays are 8 through 15 from right to left
322. rlangt werden angemessene Ma nahmen durchzuf hren und daf r aufzukommen Nach dem EMVG Ger te d rfen an Orten f r die sie nicht ausreichend entst rt sind nur mit besonderer Genehmigung des Bundesministers f r Post und Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes f r Post und Telekommunikation betrieben werden Die Genehmigung wird erteilt wenn keine elektromagnetischen St rungen zu erwarten sind Auszug aus dem EMVG Paragraph 3 Abs 4 Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der entsprechenden Kostenverordnung Amtsblatt 14 93 kostenpflichtig Anmerkung Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handb chern angegeben zu installieren und zu betreiben 286 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement TORE IR RES EG RE EE RRRS VCCI 0E CES II ZABGRGRNO RE CS TOREA REE CHATS CBR Pees XHMOTFCEPHV ET COBBGICU GRAE BUS ES EB SZBEDEBKENSZCEPHV ETF Taiwan Class A warning statement S EMA i 38 Ro P RA 69 R du gt FE BE AEA IRIS PE RB gt T RE Dit MS SAT JE gt FERS AER OUT gt 48 DiR Re RRR HH HLA SOT H R gt People s Republic of China Class A warning statement E B HD A RER LEMAR Be eS MTR ERFAR T IA E RP IR PERE Se A AT Ge FE Korea Class A warning statement Appendix B Notices 287 288 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 382
323. rned on If there is no power to the server see Power problems on page 73 e The monitor cables are connected correctly e The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are adjusted correctly e No POST errors are generated when the server is turned on 3 Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor if applicable 4 Seel Solving undetermined problems on page 124 The monitor works when you 1 Make sure that turn on the server but the ses de 4 ene screen goes blank when you The a Ment ses is not setting a display mode that is higher than the start some application CADA O ME MONTON programs e You installed the necessary device drivers for the application 2 Run video diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 90 If the server passes the video diagnostics the video is good see undetermined problems on page 124 e Trained service technician only If the server fails the video diagnostics replace the system board 70 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If a
324. roadcom Ethernet Device Test Loop back at Physical Layer Failed Check the Ethernet cable for damage and make sure that the cable type and connection are correct Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 120 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained Message number Component Test State
325. roblem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 822 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped the destination is unavailable Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 823 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped cannot execute the command insufficient privilege level Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconne
326. ror 27 system event 38 microprocessor 17 18 heat sink 223 installing 220 problems 69 removing 218 type and installation information 220 microprocessor retention module installing 230 removing 229 minimum configuration 124 mirroring mode 212 monitor problems 70 mouse problems 67 N network operating system NOS installation without EasyStartup 266 NMILED 80 noise emissions 18 notes important 280 notices electronic emission 284 FCC ClassA 284 O obtaining IP address for Web interface 269 online service request 25 open bezel 150 opening power supply cage 158 operator information panel assembly installing 206 assembly removing 205 LEDs 76 optical drive 188 optional device problems 72 order of installation memory modules 215 P password administrator 257 power on 256 PCI bus LED 79 extender card slots 185 slot error LEDs 87 138 slots 184 185 PCI slots extender cards 143 POST error codes 30 error messages 27 event log 27 power cords 247 problems 73 123 power requirement 18 power supply 18 installing 175 LED 79 LEDs 88 LEDs and detected problems 88 removing 174 power cord connector 130 power error LED 130 power on password setting 255 power supply cage closing 160 power supply cage closing 160 opening 158 power supply LEDs 139 power supply LEDs and detected problems 139 Preboot diagnostics program 15 problems CD ROM DVD ROM drive 64 DIMM 68 Ethernet contr
327. rror LEDs starting from the bottom DIMMs 9 16 error LEDs starting from the bottom CPU 2 error LED CPU mismatch LED PCI slot 5 error LED PCI slot 6 error LED IMM heartbeat LED ES 8 oso EE E ARRES 84 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual The system board is equipped with a PCI extender card that provides either one or two additional expansion slots The following illustration shows the LEDs on the PCI Express extender card if one is installed dl The following illustration shows the LEDs on the PCI X extender card if one is installed U U j The following table describes the LEDs on the system board and extender card and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action DIMM 1 to DIMM 16 error LEDs A DIMM ha
328. rver has one slot for a PCI 32 adapter e PCI Express x8 adapter capabilities The server has five slots for PCI Express x8 adapters Three of these slots accept x8 adapters but the adapters will operate as x4 adapters e PCI Express x16 adapter capabilities The server has one slot for PCI Express x16 adapter which will operate as an x8 adapter e Redundant cooling and power capabilities The server supports up to two 920 watt hot swap power supplies If the server came with only one power supply you can install an additional power supply with three redundant hot swap cooling fans to add redundant power and cooling capabilities If the maximum load on the server is less than 920 watts and a problem occurs with one of the power supplies the other power supply can meet the power requirements The redundant cooling of the fans enables continued operation if one of the fans fails RAID support The server supports an internal RAID SAS Controller which is required for you to use the hot swap hard disk drives and to create redundant array of independent disks RAID configurations e Symmetric multiprocessing SMP The server supports up to two Intel Xeon quad core microprocessors If the server comes with only one microprocessor you can install an additional microprocessor to enhance performance and provide SMP capability e Systems management capabilities The server contains an Integrated Management Module IMM which enables
329. s Utility program ele dee eo ee gg Ma a ew el O Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software Rom Boe mo Re ae a SLT Installation requirements 2 2 eee 271 Installation order de URL SES Ge Rus ESE El Installing Windows 2003 components o on the Core Server wp be oe amp 272 Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components 272 Uninstalling the LANDesk Software Agent 273 Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance 275 Before you call de aot o amp we oe 275 Getting help and information from the World Wide Web Do dar ea we i ava BAO Calling for service LL 275 Using other services a ie Ga a Dr ap de g due dl ds cis sa ed me ge a AG Purchasing additional services 277 Lenovo product service LL 871 Appendix B Notices 2 2 ee ee 279 Trademarks a us a foe eh ee ee we a ae eae eg ce BO Important notes qe ao Oe ok OR Ro mo we am El mo TR ta a OO Product recycling and disposal Ei as 281 Compliance with Republic of Turkey Directive o on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances BoM ath a Se ie he ee ee ae o we BO Recycling statements for Japan eo ke i de OR oy ca ow Le a oe la 202 Battery return program eB aoe be me ee w ew a 28g German Ordinance for Work gloss statement oo ow ee de ee a ow a o 2B4 Electronic emission notices Sy eu oe Gk Ba oe a wk ZONA Federal Communications Commission FCC
330. s failed or is incorrectly installed ile Remove the DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Reseat the DIMM Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board CPU 1 error LED Microprocessor 1 has failed is missing or has been incorrectly installed Note Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessors are installed in the correct sequence see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 220 Check the system event log to determine the reason for the lit LED Trained service technician Reseat the failing microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 85 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician
331. s the backplane in place then grasp the top edge of the backplane and rotate it toward the rear of the server When the backplane is clear of the drive cage retention tabs remove it from the server If you are removing another SAS backplanes repeat steps 10 and to remove the remaining backplane If you are instructed to return the 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you J Chapter 7 Installing optional devices and replacing customer replaceable units 199 Installing a 2 5 inch disk drive backplane jogjalsjegrefe Latch Tabs Configuration cable connector SAS signal cable connector 2 5 inch hot swap backplane Power cable connector Locator pin To install a 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane complete the following steps 1 4 5 6 8 9 Touch the static protective package that contains the hard disk drive backplane to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the backplane from the package Position the 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane in the drive cage retention tabs then rotate the top of the backplane toward the locator pins until the latch clicks into place Connect the power signal and configuration cables to the 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane see 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane connectors on page and Internal cable routing and connectors on page
332. se buttons To install the fan cage assembly do the following 1 Align the guides on the fan cage with release latches on each side 2 Push the fan cage assembly into the server until it clicks into place 3 If you removed any full length PCI adapters install them see Installing an adapter on page 184 4 Install the air baffle see Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position seel Closing the power supply cage on page 160 6 Install the hot swap power supply or power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 Ts Es and lock the left side cover see Installing the left side cover on page 158 8 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server o Removing the battery To remove the battery do the follovving 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Turn off the server and all attached devices Disconnect all external cables and power cords Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the side cover facing up Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 172 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual a Fon 6 Locate the battery on the system board see System board internal connectors on page 131 7 Remove the battery a Use one finger to push th
333. se or missing hardware To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected 2 Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged loose or broken and observe any sharp edges 3 Check the power cord e Make sure that the third wire ground connector is in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground e Make sure that the power cord is the correct type e Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn 4 Remove the cover 5 Check for any obvious non Lenovo alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non Lenovo alterations 6 Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquid or signs of fire or smoke damage 7 Check for worn frayed or pinched cables 8 Make sure that the power supply cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Observe the following guidelines when servicing electrical equipment e Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors nongrounded power extension cords power surges and missing safety grounds e Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft material that does not provide in
334. see Updating the firmware on page 267 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 809 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted i ie test 1 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped request data was truncated power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 5 Diagnostics 97 Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step m
335. see the information about the minimum required configuration on page Solving undetermined problems 5 Add one pair of DIMMs at a time making sure that the DIMMs in each pair are matching 6 Reseat the DIMMs 7 Replace the components in step 6 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time eas rows of rai des 1 Reseat the DIMMs then restart the server prancm ars demmled astang 2 Replace the lowest numbered DIMMs with identical known good DIMMs then restart the server Repeat as necessary If the failures continue after all identified pairs are replaced go to ster 3 Return the removed DIMMs one pair at a time to their original connectors restarting the server after each pair until a pair fails Replace each DIMM in the failed pair with an identical known good DIMM restarting the_server after you reinstall each DIMM Replace the failed DIMM Repeat step B until you have tested all removed DIMMs 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 68 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Microprocessor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are fiel
336. sembly 194 LEDs 76 power supply LEDs 88 EasyStartup using 263 electrical input 18 electronic emission Class A notice 284 environment 18 error codes and messages diagnostic 91 IMM 38 POST 30 error symptoms CD ROM drive DVD ROM drive 64 general 65 hard disk drive 65 intermittent 66 keyboard non USB 67 memory 68 microprocessor 69 monitor 70 mouse non USB 67 optional devices 72 pointing device non USB 67 power 73 error symptoms continued serial port 74 software 75 USB port 75 errors format diagnostic code 90 messages diagnostic 90 Ethernet 16 controller troubleshooting 123 Ethernet connectors 130 Ethernet controller configuring 266 event logs 27 expansion bays 18 expansion slots 18 extender card installing 209 removing 207 external cabling 234 F fan LED 79 fan cage assembly installing 172 fan cage assembly removing 171 fan installing 218 fan removing 217 fans 17 18 FCC Class A notice 284 features 17 remote presence 269 features and technologies 15 firmware recovery from update failure 122 firmware updates 268 firmware UEFl compliant 15 firmware updating 267 formatting a hard disk drive 260 front adapter retention bracket installing 181 removing 180 FRUs installing 2 5 inch disk drive backplane 200 2 5 inch drive cage 204 extender card 209 heat sink retention module 228 microprocessor 220 microprocessor retention module 230 operator information panel assembly 206 system board 232 FRUs
337. settings DNS settings and WINS address settings e Install applications This task enables you to run custom commands or scripts at the end of the installation process It also facilitates the installation of DVD burning software and install ThinkServer EasyManage software products e Install Windows components This task enables you to install optional Windows components such as IIS ASP NET and SNMP e Confirm settings This task enables you to review all of the information you provided e Save response file This task gives you the option of saving the information on a diskette or USB device as a response file for future installations on similarly configured Lenovo servers Chapter 9 Configuring the server 265 e Start installation This task starts the actual installation process First the disk is prepared using the disk and partition information you specified Then you are prompted to insert the operating system disk and the operating system is installed using the information that you specified Installing your operating system without using EasyStartup If you have already configured the server hardware and you are not using the EasyStartup program to install your operating system complete the following steps to download the latest operating system installation instructions from the Lenovo Support Web site Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is describe
338. signed an IMM IP address DNS1 6 and configuration 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint DomainName 3 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 4 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 5 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 6 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX ENET 0 IP Cfg HstName 1 Info An IMM IP address and No action information only IP 2 NetMsk 3 GW 4 configuration have been 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint assigned using client data Hostname 2 CIM_StaticlPSettingData IPv4Address 3 CIM_StaticlPSettingData SubnetMask 4 CIM_StaticlPSettingData DefaultGatewayAddress LAN Ethernet 0 interface is no Info The IMM Ethernet interface No action information only longer active has been disabled LAN Ethernet 0 interface is now Info The IMM Ethernet interface No action information only active has been enabled DHCP setting changed to by user Info A user has changed the No action information only 1 DHCP mode 1 user ID IMM Configuration 1 restored from Info A user has restored the IMM No action information only a configuration file by user 2 configuration by importing a 1 CIM_ConfigurationData configuration file ConfigurationName 2 user ID Watchdog 1 Screen Capture Error An operating system error Occurred 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog has occurred and the screen capture was successful Rec
339. size Use the Setup utility to compare the microprocessor information 2 Trained service technician only Replace the incompatible microprocessor 82 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See the Chapier 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Lit EasyLED diagnostics LED with the system error or information LED also lit Description Action Service processor bus SP BUS The IMM detects an internal error 1 Disconnect the server from ac power then reconnect the server to power and restart the server 2 Update the IMM firmware Look at the system service label on the top of the server which gives an overview of internal components that correspond to the LEDs on the EasyLED panel This information can often provide enough information to diagnose the error Chapter 5 Diagnostics 83 3 Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs Certain components inside the server have LEDs that a
340. socket replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 69 Monitor problems Some Lenovo monitors have their own self tests If you suspect a problem with your monitor see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action Testing the monitor The screen is blank 1 2 Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected Try using a different monitor on the server or try using the monitor that is being tested on a different server Run the diagnostic programs If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs the problem might be a video device driver Trained service technician only Replace the system board If the server is attached to a KVM switch bypass the KVM switch to eliminate it as a possible cause of the problem connect the monitor cable directly to the correct connector on the rear of the server 2 Make sure that e The server is tu
341. statement 284 Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement 285 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada 285 Australia and New Zealand Class A statement 285 United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement 285 European Union EMC Directive conformance statement 285 Germany Class A compliance statement zom o 285 Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement gt e a 287 Taiwan Class A warning statement Eoc w ear amp a g eo People s Republic of China Class A warning statement oe he de DO ee Or Korea Class A warning statement 287 INAK ce ee Ge ee Ee a Ge OE ee ee ee Sw ot 99289 V ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 1 About this manual This Hardware Maintenance Manual contains information to help you solve problems that might occur in your server It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the server error codes and suggested actions and instructions for replacing failing components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install a
342. stem from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 901 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Failed The IMM indicates a failure in the H8 bus Bus 0 10 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Remove power from the system Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site
343. stem board then place the retention module on the system board Using a T8 Torx screwdriver install the four screws that secure the module to the system board Install the microprocessor and heat sink see l Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 220 Attention Make sure that you install each heat sink with its paired microprocessor Install the air baffle see l Installing the air baffle on page 170 Return the power supply cage to its closed position see l Closing the power supply cage on page 150 Install the power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 En and lock the left side cover seel Installing the left side cover on page 158 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 230 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the system board 2 Handle Release lever To remove the system board complete the following steps 1 2 Read the safety information that begins on page El Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all povver cords and external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is Iying flat vvith the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 R
344. sulation from live electrical currents e Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools or testers 6 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages Locate the emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection work near power supplies or remove or install main units Before you work on the equipment disconnect the power cord If you cannot disconnect the power cord have the customer power off the wall box that supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit Check it to make sure that it has been disconnected If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions
345. t accumulateurs en usage et aux batteries et accumulateurs us s Les directives d terminent la marche a suivre en vigueue dans l Union Europ enne pour le retour et le recyclage des batteries et accumulateurs us s Cette tiquette est appliqu e sur diverses Appendix B Notices 283 batteries pour indiquer que la batterie ne doit pas tre mise au rebut mais plut t r cup r e en fin de cycle de vie selon cette norme In accordance with the European Directive 2006 66 EC batteries and accumulators are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end of life The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery Pb for lead Hg for mercury and Cd for cadmium Users of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and treatment of batteries and accumulators Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries and accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances For proper collection and treatment go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment For California Perchlorate material special handling may apply See http www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regu
346. t parts must always be replaced using ROHS compliant FRUs so only the FRUs identified as compliant in the system HMM or direct substitutions for those FRUs can be used Products marketed before June 2006 Products marketed after June 2006 Current or original part Replacement FRU Current or original part Replacement FRU Non RoHS Can be Non RoHS Non RoHS Can be RoHS Non RoHS Can sub to ROHS RoHS Must be RoHS Must be RoHS Must be RoHS Note A direct substitution is a part with a different FRU part number that is automatically shipped by the distribution center at the time of order 2 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Turkish statement of compliance The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment EEE Turkiye EEE Y netmeli ine Uygunluk Beyan Bu Lenovo r n T C evre ve Orman Bakanl n n Elektrik ve Elektronik E yalarda Baz Zararl Maddelerin Kullan m n n Sinirlandirilmasina Dair Y netmelik EEE direktiflerine uygundur EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur Chapter 1 About this manual 3 4 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 2 Safety information Before installing this product read the Safety Information Age GUba dull
347. t the other end of the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 9 Make sure that the ac power LED on the top of each power supply is lit indicating that the power supply is operating correctly If the server is turned on make sure that the dc power LED on the top of the power supply is lit also If you have other optional devices to install or remove do so now Otherwise go to Completing the installation on page 233 Do 178 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing a voltage regulator module EH To remove a voltage regulator module VRM do the following 1 2 6 i 8 9 10 11 Microprocessor 2 VRM Heat sink 2 VRM connector Read the safety information see Chapter 2 Safety information on page 5 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Unlock and remove the left side cover see Removing the left side cover on page 157 Remove the hot swap power supply or power supplies from the power supply cage see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 174 Rotate the power supply cage to its open position see Opening thel power supply cage on page 159 Remove the air baffle see l Removing the air baffle on page 169
348. t was in before the problem occurred 2 Collect data Thorough data collection is necessary for diagnosing hardware and software problems a Document error codes and system board LEDs e System error codes See l Vievving the test log on page 91 for information about error codes Software or operating system error codes See the documentation for the software or operating system for information about a specific error code See the manufacturer s Web site for documentation e EasyLED diagnostics LEDs See l EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 for information about EasyLED diagnostics LEDs that are lit e System board LEDs See System board LEDs on page 135 for information about system board LEDs that are lit EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 b Collect system data Run Dynamic System Analysis DSA to collect information about the hardware firmware software and operating system Have this information available when you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider For instructions for running the DSA program see l Running the diagnostic programs on page 90 If you have to download the latest version of DSA complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or s
349. t working correctly Clean the DVD Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Reseat the DVD drive Replace the DVD drive PO Nos 64 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The DVD drive tray is not working 1 Make sure that the server is turned on 2 Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray release opening 3 Reseat the DVD drive 4 Replace the DVD drive General problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a
350. ted mirror enhanced array of three to eight disks All data on the array disks will be deleted Integrated Striping IS also known as RAID 0 Use this option to create an integrated striping array of two to eight disks All data on the array disks will be deleted e Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays The drives in an array can have different capacities but the RAID controller treats them as if they all have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive e If you use an integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities to configure a RAID 1 mirrored array after you have installed the operating system you will lose access to any data or applications that were previously stored on the secondary drive of the mirrored pair 259 Chapter 9 Configuring the server e If you install a different type of RAID controller see the documentation that comes with the controller for information about viewing and changing settings for attached devices Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program To start the LSI Configuration Utility program do the following 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup Utility menu If you do not type the administrator passw
351. tem was being started Reseat all hard disk drives and cables then run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests again 65 Chapter 5 Diagnostics Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action A hard disk drive passes the Run the diagnostic SCSI Fixed Disk Test see Running the diagnostic programs diagnostic Fixed Disk Test but jon page 90 the problem remains Note This test is not available on servers that have RAID arrays or servers that have SATA hard disk drives Intermittent problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service
352. termine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 264 905 000 Tape Drive Tape Drive Test Failed Software error invalid request 1 If the system has stopped responding turn off and restart the system and then run the test again Check system firmware level and upgrade if necessary The installed firmware level can be found in the DSA Log within the Firmware VPD section for this component Run the test again If the system has stopped responding turn off and restart the system If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 264 906 000 Tape Drive Tape Drive Test Failed Unrecognized error a fF oN Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media Run the test again Clear the error log Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 901 xxx Broadcom Ethernet Device Test Control Registers Failed Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level
353. test level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 100 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 DSA messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 816 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM I2C test 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped the power source You must disconnect the system command 8 from ac povver to reset the IMM illegal for the specified After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the sensor or power source and turn on the system record type 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmwar
354. than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 284 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement Notice to Customers This apparatus is approved under approval number NS G 1234 J 100003 for indirect connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom European Union EMC Directive conformance statement CE This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004 108 EC on the approximation of the laws of the
355. the login ID or password Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is 1 from TELNET client at IP address 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Error A user has attempted to log in from a Telnet session by using an invalid login ID or password Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password The Chassis Event Log CEL on system 1 cleared by user 2 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 2 user ID Info A user has cleared the IMM event log No action information only IMM reset was initiated by user 1 1 user ID Info A user has initiated a reset of the IMM No action information only Chapter 5 Diagnostics 59 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237lto determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician ENET 0 DHCP HSTN 1 DN 2 _ Info The DHCP server has No action information only IP 3 SN 4 GW 5 as
356. the server connected to power and go directly to step 5 Turn off the server and all attached devices Disconnect all external cables and power cords Using the supplied key unlock the left side cover Pull the cover release latch down and rotate the top edge of the cover away from the server Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the cover before you turn on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the cover removed might damage server components Remove the left side cover from the server Installing the left side cover To install the left side cover complete the following steps 1 2 3 Set the bottom edge of the left side cover on the bottom ledge of the server Rotate the top edge of the cover toward the server and press inward on the cover until it clicks into place Lock the cover using the key that comes with the server Opening the power supply cage Opening the power supply cage allows access to the air baffle microprocessors and DIMMs To open the power supply cage do the following 1 2 Read the safety information that begins on page El Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 158 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual 3 Press the release latch on the power supplies and filler panels and pull them out of the power supply cag
357. thernet 266 cooling 17 cover installing 158 CPU 1 error LED 85 136 CPU 2 error LED 86 137 CPU LED 82 CPU mismatch LED 86 137 creating RAID array 260 CRUs installing air baffle 170 battery 173 bezel 151 154 fan cage assembly 172 fans 218 front adapter retention bracket 181 hot swap hard disk drive 197 left side cover 158 power supply 175 power supply cage 158 160 rear adapter retention bracket 183 voltage regulator module 180 CRUs removing battery 172 bezel 151 152 DVD drive 187 fan cage assembly 171 fans 217 front adapter retention bracket 180 hot swap hard disk drive 195 memory module 210 power supply 174 power supply cage 158 rear adapter retention bracket 182 tape drive 189 USB cable and EasyLED panel 193 194 voltage regulator module 179 D DASD LED 80 data collection 23 289 dc power LED 130 deassertion event system event log 28 diagnostic error codes 91 on board programs starting 90 programs overview 90 test log viewing 91 text message format 90 tools overview 27 diagnostics program preboot 15 dimensions 18 DIMM installation 215 installation order 215 LED 85 136 problems 68 removing 210 types and installation information 211 DIMMs installation sequence for memory mirroring 214 display problems 70 drives 16 18 DSA log 28 91 preboot messages 91 DVD drive problems 64 drive installing 188 error symptoms 64 DVD drive removing 187 E EasyLED diagnostics about 16 installing as
358. ting the Setup Utility Setup Utility menu choices Passwords I Using the Boot Selection Menu program d RAID controllers Using the LSI Configuration Utility program I Using the VVebBIOS utility 5 ta Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD ob ts Before you use the ThinkServer iam sh DVD Configuring RAID Contents 181 182 183 184 184 187 188 189 190 193 194 195 196 198 200 202 204 205 206 207 209 210 211 212 212 217 218 218 220 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 234 237 247 251 252 252 252 255 258 258 259 261 263 263 263 V EasyStartup overview a a we a a w 264 Installing your operating system without using EasyStartup amp 2 4 266 Enabling the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program 266 Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller 2 266 Updating the firmware d oe ie we We nt ie arias COT Using the EasyUpdate Firmware Updater tool dora eb ee mt go 267 Starting the backup server firmware 268 Using the Integrated Management Module 2 og a a 268 Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture Kow ew ee 269 Obtaining the IP address for the Web interface access 269 Logging on to the Web interface 2 2 2 2 270 Advanced Setting
359. trained service technician Symptom Action A cover lock is broken an LED is not working or a similar problem has occurred If the part is a CRU replace it If the part is a FRU the part must be replaced by a trained service technician Hard disk drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action Not all drives are recognized by the hard disk drive diagnostic tests Remove the drive that is indicated by the diagnostic tests then run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests again If the remaining drives are recognized replace the drive that you removed with a new one The server stops responding during the hard disk drive diagnostic test Remove the hard disk drive that was being tested when the server stopped responding and run the diagnostic test again If the hard disk drive diagnostic test runs successfully replace the drive that you removed with a new one A hard disk drive was not detected while the operating sys
360. trols and connectors 127 Front view de aa ok Ge RI di de pe pr pe do a ss EL Operator information panel Sil Re a we RD a gt a ow aoe ee mM Re 127 EasyLED diagnostics panel 2 2 4 129 Rearview boe om Se a oe Glow bh eb a oe So ew le 190 System board internal connectors eee oe bk gees de eth ge 2 ee SA System board external connectors 2 133 System board switches and jumpers 133 System board LEDs 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 185 SAS backplane connectors 2 ee ee ee ee ee 188 Power supply LEDs om dE e oe oe a ee a a 139 Internal LEDs connectors and jumpers dates SU soe deen aoe om a ene ues AO System board internal connectors 141 System board switches and jumpers 144 System board LEDs oem ee Ra ee wey Es 145 System board external connectors SE sai ee oa mor ee a a 146 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane connectors Eor ow oe oa a Res 147 Server power features o a a a a a a eee ee ee 147 Turning on the server LL 147 Turning off the server LL 148 Chapter 7 sini optional devices and i coats customer replaceable units poa a de eds e oa eS ee soa vosos v g o a 149 Server components Bos Row a ea a a goi a a ewe hoe o a w a 149 Opening the bezel s o d soe soso a q tosc d e so pow ou e w 150 Closing the bezel a a ee ee
361. ture high upper non recoverable has sensor going high has asserted asserted Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going Error A lower critical sensor going Trained service technician only low lower critical has asserted low has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going Error An upper critical sensor Trained service technician only high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 5V going low Error A lower critical sensor going Trained service technician only lower critical has asserted low has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 5V going high Error An upper critical sensor Trained service technician only upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 12V going Error A lower critical sensor going Check the power supply LED on low lower critical has asserted low has asserted the EasyLED panel see EasyLED diagnostics on page Numeric sensor Planar 12V going Error An upper critical sensor Check the power supply LED on high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted the EasyLED panel see EasyLED diagnostics on page 76 38 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column unt
362. ty 3 If you are using a USB keyboard run the Setup utility and enable keyboardless operation to prevent the 301 POST error message from being displayed during startup 4 If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server 5 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board The mouse or pointing device 1 Make sure that does EL WON e The mouse or pointing device is compatible with the server See http www lenovo com thinkserver and then click Options Open the Server Options Guide pdf e The mouse or pointing device cable is securely connected to the server e The mouse or pointing device device drivers are installed correctly e The server and the monitor are turned on The mouse is enabled in the Setup utility 2 If you are using a USB mouse or pointing device and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the mouse or pointing device from the hub and connect it directly to the server 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Mouse or pointing device b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 67 Memory problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem
363. type the administrator password to access the full Setup Utility menu From the Setup Utility main menu select System Settings On the next screen select Integrated Management Module On the next screen select Network Configuration Find the IP address and write it down Exit from the Setup Utility NOR O Logging on to the Web interface To log on to the Web interface to use the remote presence functions do the following 1 Open a Web browser and in the Address or URL field type the IP address or host name of the IMM to which you want to connect Notes a If you are logging in to the IMM for the first time after installation the IMM defaults to DHCP If a DHCP host is not available the IMM uses the default static IP address 192 168 70 125 b You can obtain the DHCP assigned IP address or the static IP address from the server UEFI or from your network administrator The Login page is displayed 2 Type the user name and password If you are using the IMM for the first time you can obtain the user name and password from your system administrator All login attempts are documented in the event log A welcome page opens in the browser Note The IMM is set initially with a user name of USERID and password of PASSWORD password with a zero not the letter O You have read write access For enhanced security change this default password during the initial configuration 3 On the Welcome page type a timeout value in
364. u run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or EasyLED diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See Microprocessor problems on page 69 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue restart the server and try running the diagnostic programs again If the problem remains replace the component that was being tested when the server stopped Diagnostic text messages Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results Passed The test was completed without any errors Failed The test detected an error 90 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual User Aborted You stopped the test before it was completed Not Applicable You attempted to test a device that is not present in the server Aborted The test could not proceed because of the server configuration Warning The test could not be run There was no failure of the hardware that was being tested but there might be a hardware failure elsewhere or another problem prevented the test from running for example there might be a configuration problem or the hardware might be missing or is not being recognized The result is followed by an error code or other additional information about the
365. u suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server Problem determination tips Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that you can encounter use the following information to assist you in problem determination If possible have this information available when you request assistance from Lenovo e Machine type and model e Microprocessor and hard disk drive upgrades e Failure symptoms Does the server fail the diagnostic tests What occurs When Where Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers Is the failure repeatable Has this configuration ever worked What changes if any were made before the configuration failed ls this the original reported failure e Diagnostic program type and version level e Hardware configuration print screen of the system summary e Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware level e Operating system type and version level You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups between working and nonworking servers When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes consider them identical only if all the following factors are exactly the same in all the servers e Machine type and model e Lenovo ThinkServer Server Firmware level e Adapters and attachments in the same locations e Address jumpers terminators and cabli
366. umpers The illustrations in this section show the LEDs connectors and jumpers on the internal boards The illustrations might differ slightly from your hardware 140 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual System board internal connectors The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board De EEES Et aay EF i TI iO Il II Zi Zi Al dl San El fal SAS SATA configuration backplane 1 Microprocessor 2 Wake on LAN 21 System power 22 Battery ADV power PCI Express x8 slot 7 4 Optical povver El PCI 32 slot 6 E Front panel El PCI Express x8 slot 5 61 EasyLED panel 26 PCI Express x8 slot 4 USB tape PCI Express x8 slot 3 E DIMM 8 El PCI Ex
367. untries Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to a Lenovo product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product program or service Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to Lenovo United States Inc 1009 Think Place Building One Morrisville NC 27560 U S A Attention Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new e
368. updates is displayed 9 Select the firmware updates that you want to install ONDAY Before distributing the firmware update to other servers ensure that your server can restart successfully without encountering hardware problems Chapter 9 Configuring the server 267 Starting the backup server firmware The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware This is a secondary copy of server firmware that you update only during the process of updating server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy To force the server to start from the backup copy turn off the server then place the UEFI boot recovery J29 jumper in the backup position pins 2 and 3 Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move the UEFI boot recovery J29 jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Using the Integrated Management Module The Integrated Management Module IMM is a second generation of the functions that were formerly provided by the baseboard management controller hardware It combines service processor functions video controller and when IMM Premium is installed remote presence function in a single chip The IMM supports the following basic system management features e Environmental monitor with fan speed control for temperature voltages fan failure power supply
369. urn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 Install the rails on the sides of the DVD drive Connect one end of the DVD drive cables to the rear of the DVD drive Slide the drive into the server Connect the other end of the DVD drive cables to the optical power connector on the system board See l System board internal connectors on page 131Jfor cable connector locations and Internal cable routing and connectors on page for cable routing information Replace the left side cover and bezel then lock the side cover and bezel Reconnect the external cables and power cords If you have other devices to install or remove do so now Otherwise go to Completing the installation on page 233 188 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing an optional tape drive 2 EMC shield Tape drive To remove an optional tape drive do the following 1 2 10 11 12 13 Read the safety information that begins on page El Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 Open the bezel see Opening the bezel on page 159 Remove the power supply or power supplies from the powe
370. ust be performed only by a Trained service technician Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 810 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped request data length is invalid Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 811 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped request data field length limit is exceeded Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA log in the Firmware VPD se
371. ver and leave it connected to ac power the server can respond to requests from the IMM such as a remote request to turn on the server While the server remains connected to ac power one or more fans might continue to run To remove all power from the server you must disconnect it from the power source Important To view the error LEDs on the system board leave the server connected to a power source Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server See your operating system documentation for information about shutting down the operating system Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20a gt gt 1a The server can be turned off in any of the following ways e You can turn off the server from the operating system if your operating system supports this feature After an orderly shutdown of the operating system the server will be turned off automatically e You can press the power control button to start an orderly shutdown of the operating system and turn off the server if your operating system supports this feature e If the operating system stops functioning you can press and hold the pow
372. vice one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device 5 Replace the failing device 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 48 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem e SeelChapter 8 Parts Listing TD200x Machine Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 on page 237 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician transitioned to non recoverable Sensor Pwr Rail F Fault has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Turn off the server and transitioned to non recoverable Nonrecoverable state disconnect it from power 2 Remove the hard disk drives and the hard disk drive backplanes 3 Restart the server 4 Reinstall each device one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device 5 Replace the failing device 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Sensor PS n Therm Fault has Error A sensor has changed to 1 Make sure that there are no transitioned to critical from a less Critical state from a less obstructions such as bund
373. video on system board e Compatible with SVGA and VGA 8 MB DDR2 SDRAM video memory Note Maximum video resolution 1600 x 1200 at 85 MHz RAID controllers ServeRAID BR10i SAS SATA Controller that supports RAID levels 0 1 1E standard Upgradeable to ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller which supports RAID levels 0 1 5 6 10 Upgradeable to ServeRAID MR10is SAS SATA Controller which supports RAID levels 0 1 5 6 10 Acoustical noise emissions Sound power idle 5 5 bel declared Sound power operating 6 0 bel declared Environment Air temperature Server on 10 to 35 C 50 0 to 95 0 F altitude 0 to 914 4 m 3000 ft Server off 40 to 60 C 40 0 to 140 4 F maximum altitude 2133 6 m 7000 ft Humidity Server on 8 to 80 Server off 8 to 80 Heat output Approximate heat output in British thermal units Btu per hour Minimum configuration 2013 Btu per hour 590 watts Maximum configuration 3610 Btu per hour 1058 watts Electrical input Sine wave input 50 60 Hz required Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Approximate input kilovolt amperes kVA Minimum 0 60 kVA Maximum 1 10 kVA Notes i Power consumption and heat output vary depending on the number and type of optional features that are installed and the power man
374. wer supply cage Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 13 Reinstall the left side cover Installing the left side cover on page 158 14 Reinstall the power supplies Installing a hot swap power supply on page 175 15 Reconnect the power cords and external cables If you have other optional devices to install or remove do so now Otherwise go to Completing the installation on page 233 216 ThinkServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing a hot swap fan The server comes with three 120 mm x 38 mm hot swap fans in the fan support bracket at the front of the server The following instructions can be used to remove any hot swap fan in the server Hot swap fan To remove a hot swap fan do the following 1 Read the safety information that begins on page 5 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on Unlock and remove the left side cover see l Removing the left side cover on page 157 Attention To ensure proper system cooling do not leave the top cover off the server for more than 2 minutes Open the fan locking handle by
375. wer supply through the power cord During typical operation both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit For any other combination of LEDs see Power supply LEDs on page 139 Video connector Connect a monitor to this connector Serial 1 connector COMM 1 Connect a 9 pin serial device to this connector The serial port is shared vvith the integrated management module IMM The IMM can take control of the shared serial port to perform text console redirection and to redirect serial traffic using Serial over LAN SOL Systems management connector Use this connector to connect the server to a network for systems management information control This connector is used only by the IMM System board internal connectors The following illustrations show the internal connectors and switches on the system on TO 8 ae mo ayers cin LE cn LE ol Oo s ii 2 na a nAn a
376. word You do not have to return the switch to the previous position The power on password override jumper does not affect the administrator password Administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup Utility menu If an administrator password is set you must type the administrator password for access to the full Setup Utility menu You can use any combination of up to seven characters A Z a z and 0 9 for the password Attention If you set an administrator password and then forget it there is no way to change override or remove it You must replace the system board Chapter 9 Configuring the server 257 Using the Boot Selection Menu program The Boot Selection Menu is used to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing boot options or settings in the Setup Utility To use the Boot Selection Menu program do the following 1 Turn off the server 2 Restart the server 3 Press F12 Select Boot Device If a bootable USB mass storage device is installed a submenu item USB Key Disk is displayed 4 Use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys to select an item from the Boot Selection Menu and press Enter The next time the server starts it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Setup Utility RAID controllers The following table lists the various utilities available to configure RAID controllers before
377. you forget the power on password you can regain access to the server in any of the following ways e If an administrator password is set type the administrator password at the password prompt Start the Setup Utility and reset the power on password e Remove the battery from the server and then reinstall it See Removing the battery on page 172lfor instructions for removing the battery 256 ThintServer TD200x Types 3719 3821 3822 and 3823 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Change the position of the power on password switch enable switch 2 of the system board switch block SW6 to bypass the power on password check see the following illustration a IE i UEFI boot recovery jumper JP6 A Clear CMOS jumper JP1 SW6 switch block Attention Before you change any switch settings or moving any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables See the safety information that begins on page 5 Do not change settings or move jumpers on any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in this document While the server is turned off move switch 2 of the switch block SW6 to the On position to enable the power on password override You can then start the Setup Utility and reset the power on pass

Lenovo 3821 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents